WO2023051313A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023051313A1
WO2023051313A1 PCT/CN2022/119852 CN2022119852W WO2023051313A1 WO 2023051313 A1 WO2023051313 A1 WO 2023051313A1 CN 2022119852 W CN2022119852 W CN 2022119852W WO 2023051313 A1 WO2023051313 A1 WO 2023051313A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdcch
candidate
dci
time domain
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/119852
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
高飞
刘显达
花梦
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023051313A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023051313A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/232—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and device.
  • radio resource control radio resource control, RRC
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the network device sends DCI format 2_0 through the transmission method of individual PDCCH, or sends bandwidth part (BWP) to switch DCI, or sends physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) mapping method A (PDSCH mapping type A)
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the terminal device processes the DCI according to the transmission mode of the linked PDCCH, which will cause the terminal device and the network device to have inconsistent understanding of the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus, in order to unify the understanding of the terminal device and the network device on the starting time domain position on which DCI is processed.
  • a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the execution of the terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
  • Methods of this communication include:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH; the two candidates for repeated transmission of the PDCCH
  • the first candidate PDCCH among the candidate PDCCHs and the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission meet the first condition, the terminal device monitors the second candidate PDCCH, and the terminal device determines that the second candidate PDCCH is monitored on the second candidate PDCCH Whether the downlink control information DCI satisfies the second condition; if the DCI satisfies the second condition, the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH; if the DCI does not meet the second condition, the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the first candidate PDCCH and/or the third candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission, wherein the first condition includes: the first The time-frequency resources
  • the terminal device when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the terminal device can according to Whether the DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies the second condition, select a method for determining the initial time domain position based on which the DCI is processed, so that the terminal device and the network device are aware of the initial time domain position based on which the DCI is processed Understand the same.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following: the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masked, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked, and the DCI
  • the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
  • the starting time domain position is the first starting orthogonal frequency division of the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2 Multiplexing OFDM symbols
  • the first start OFDM symbol is the next OFDM symbol of the end OFDM symbol of the second candidate PDCCH
  • the start time domain position is the second start OFDM symbol of the activated BWP switching processing time
  • the second start OFDM symbol is the start of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located OFDM symbol
  • the starting OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located can also be understood as the first OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located; when the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked and the DCI
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, and the position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH The time domain positions are OFDM symbols other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first slot.
  • the second condition is predefined by the protocol.
  • a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit disposed in the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the implementation of a network device is taken as an example for description below.
  • Methods of this communication include:
  • the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH; the two candidates for the repeated transmission of the PDCCH
  • Two conditions when the DCI satisfies the second condition, the network device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH; when the DCI does not meet the second condition, the network The device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain positions of the first candidate PDCCH and/or the third candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission, where the first condition includes: the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate The time-frequency resources corresponding to the
  • the network device when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the network device can according to Whether the DCI sent on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies the second condition, select a method for determining the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed, so that the terminal device and the network device understand the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed unanimous.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following: the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masked, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked, and the DCI
  • the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
  • the starting time domain position is the first starting orthogonal frequency division of the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2 Multiplexing OFDM symbols
  • the first start OFDM symbol is the next OFDM symbol of the end OFDM symbol of the second candidate PDCCH
  • the start time domain position is the second start OFDM symbol of the activated BWP switching processing time
  • the second start OFDM symbol is the start of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located OFDM symbol
  • the CRC of the DCI is masked by C-RNTI and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A
  • the starting time domain position is the third starting OFDM for scheduling PDSCH symbol, the third
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, and the position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH The time domain positions are OFDM symbols other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first slot.
  • the second condition is predefined by the protocol.
  • a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit disposed in the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the implementation of a network device is taken as an example for description below.
  • Methods of this communication include:
  • the network device determines first configuration information according to preset rules, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated PDCCH transmission and a candidate PDCCH for independent PDCCH transmission; the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device , wherein the preset rule includes that the time-domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, which is used for The first PDCCH candidate among the two PDCCH candidates for repeated PDCCH transmission, and the second PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission meet the first condition, and the first condition includes: the time corresponding to the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate The frequency resources are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH
  • the network device determines the configuration When configuring the PDCCH information, it is determined according to the preset rules to ensure that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, so that the terminal device is in the When DCI is processed according to the transmission mode of the third PDCCH candidate for PDCCH repeated transmission, the terminal device and the network device have the same understanding of the starting time domain position on which the DCI is processed.
  • the DCI corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH includes at least one of the following: the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, and the BWP indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI The index is different from the activated BWP index, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
  • the DCI corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH is DCI format 2_0
  • the BWP index indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index
  • the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates
  • the PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, etc.
  • both the end device and the network device can unify the understanding of the starting time domain position on which the DCI is processed, indicating that the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is widely used.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information includes the search space set to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs.
  • Configuration information the second configuration information is used to indicate that the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_1, or the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_2.
  • the preset rule is predefined by a protocol.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the execution of the terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
  • Methods of this communication include:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and a candidate PDCCH for independent transmission of the PDCCH; when the first configuration information meets the requirements of the first When the three conditions are met, the terminal device monitors the candidate PDCCH for PDCCH repeated transmission, and/or the terminal device monitors the second candidate PDCCH for PDCCH independent transmission; when the first configuration information does not meet the third condition, the The terminal device determines that the first configuration information is wrong configuration information, wherein the third condition includes that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are the first three OFDM times of the time slot.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first The size of downlink control information DCI corresponding to the candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH is the same.
  • the terminal device processes the DCI according to the transmission method of the candidate PDCCH for repeated transmission of the PDCCH, so that the terminal device is in the When DCI is processed according to the transmission mode of the third PDCCH candidate for PDCCH repeated transmission, the terminal device and the network device have the same understanding of the starting time domain position on which the DCI is processed.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device performs any of the following: not listening to the first configuration information Candidate PDCCH and/or do not monitor the third PDCCH candidate, do not monitor the second PDCCH candidate, monitor only the first PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate, and monitor only the second PDCCH candidate.
  • the behavior of the terminal device side can be various, which increases the flexibility of the solution.
  • the DCI corresponding to the second PDCCH candidate includes at least one of the following: the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, and the BWP indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI The index is different from the activated BWP index, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
  • the DCI corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH is DCI format 2_0
  • the BWP index indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index
  • the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates
  • the PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, etc.
  • both the end device and the network device can unify the understanding of the starting time domain position on which the DCI is processed, indicating that the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is widely used.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information includes the search space to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs A set of configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_1, or the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_2.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device monitors the DCI, determines that the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, and/or, The time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A.
  • a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the execution of the terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
  • Methods of this communication include:
  • the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and a second candidate PDCCH for independent transmission of the PDCCH; this is used for the repeated transmission of the PDCCH
  • the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs and the second candidate PDCCH meet the first condition
  • the terminal device monitors the second candidate PDCCH, and the terminal device determines whether the DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies
  • the second condition when the DCI satisfies the second condition, the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located; if the DCI does not meet the second condition condition, the terminal device determines the initial time-domain position according to the time-domain position of the time slot where the DCI is located, the first condition includes: the time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same
  • the terminal device when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the terminal device can according to Whether the monitored DCI satisfies the second condition, select a method for determining the initial time-domain position on which the DCI is processed, so that the terminal device and the network device have the same understanding on the initial time-domain position on which the DCI is processed.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following: the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masked, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked, and the DCI
  • the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
  • the starting time domain position is the first starting time slot of the DCI indicated time slot format
  • the The first starting time slot is the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located; or, when the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked and the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, the The starting time domain position is the fourth starting OFDM symbol of the activation BWP switching processing time, and the fourth starting OFDM symbol is the first OFDM symbol of the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located; or, when the DCI When the CRC is masked by C-RNTI and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, the starting time domain position is the second starting time slot for scheduling PDSCH, The second starting time slot is the next time slot of the
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one of the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot
  • the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is an OFDM symbol other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot.
  • the second condition is predefined by the protocol.
  • a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the implementation of a network device is taken as an example for description below.
  • Methods of this communication include:
  • the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH; the two candidates for the repeated transmission of the PDCCH
  • the network device determines the initial time-domain position according to the time-domain position of the time slot where the DCI is located, wherein the first condition includes: time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDC
  • the network device when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the network device can according to Whether the DCI sent on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies the second condition, select a method for determining the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed, so that the terminal device and the network device understand the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed unanimous.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following: the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masked, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked, and the DCI
  • the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
  • the starting time domain position is the first starting orthogonal frequency division of the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2 Multiplexing OFDM symbols
  • the first start OFDM symbol is the next OFDM symbol of the end OFDM symbol of the second candidate PDCCH
  • the start time domain position is the second start OFDM symbol of the activated BWP switching processing time
  • the second start OFDM symbol is the start of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located OFDM symbol
  • the CRC of the DCI is masked by C-RNTI and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A
  • the starting time domain position is the third starting OFDM for scheduling PDSCH symbol, the third initial OFDM
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, and the position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH The time domain positions are OFDM symbols other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first slot.
  • the second condition is predefined by the protocol.
  • a communication device in a seventh aspect, includes a processor configured to implement the functions of the network device in the methods described in the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a memory coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the functions of the network device in the methods described in the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the network device in the methods described in the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the communication device implements any one of the methods described in the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect;
  • the processor communicates with the outside through the communication interface.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, pins or related circuits on the chip or the chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
  • an apparatus for communication includes a processor configured to implement functions of the terminal device in the methods described in the first aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect.
  • the device for communication may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement functions of the terminal device in the methods described in the first aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so as to realize the functions of the terminal device in the methods described in the first aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect.
  • the device for communication may further include a communication interface, which is used for the device for communication to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the device for communication includes: a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor communicates with the outside through the communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device for communication implements any one of the methods described in the first aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
  • a communication system including the communication device in the seventh aspect and the communication device in the eighth aspect.
  • a chip device including a processing circuit, the processing circuit is used to call and run a program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip device executes any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects Methods in Possible Implementations.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 are schematic diagrams of a communication manner between a network device and a terminal device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of repeated transmission of the PDCCH.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission based on multipoint transmission.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the configuration between two SS sets.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a starting time domain position of a scheduling slot in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a time domain position of a PUSCH processing time start in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of CSI calculation time in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission satisfying one blind detection.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission satisfying one blind detection.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a DCI format 2_0.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a conflict between downlink reception configured by RRC and a dynamically indicated time slot format.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of conflict between uplink transmission configured by RRC and slot format dynamically indicated.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of BWP switching.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of PDSCH mapping mode A as a PDSCH scheduling mode.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of a conflict between uplink transmission of RRC configuration and a dynamically indicated time slot format according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating activation of a BWP handover provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating PDSCH mapping type A provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 are schematic diagrams of a PDCCH configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 are schematic diagrams of another PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 are schematic diagrams of configuring candidate PDCCHs at PDCCH detection occasions.
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 25 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency Division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), etc.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE frequency Division duplex frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine Type communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
  • D2D device to device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine to machine
  • MTC machine Type communication
  • IoT Internet of things
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 ; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may communicate through a wireless link.
  • Each communication device, such as the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may be configured with multiple antennas.
  • the configured multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for sending signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. Therefore, the communication devices in the communication system 100, such as the network device 110 and the terminal device 120, may communicate through the multi-antenna technology.
  • the network device and the terminal device can communicate in various ways, such as point-to-point communication between the network device and the terminal device, and communication between the network device and the terminal device. Communication between multiple hops (or relays) transmission methods, multiple network devices and terminal devices through dual connectivity (dual connectivity, DC) or multi-connection transmission methods, etc.
  • FIG. 2 As shown in (a) to (d) in FIG. 2 , (a) to (d) in FIG. 2 are schematic diagrams of a communication manner between a network device and a terminal device.
  • FIG. 2 shows the point-to-point transmission between the network equipment and the terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 2 is only exemplary, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application, and the communication mode between the network device and the terminal device is not limited in any way in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transmission between the network device and the terminal device may be an uplink, a downlink, an access link, a backhaul (backhaul) link, or a side link (Sidelink), etc.
  • the terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiment of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal (user terminal), a user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal (terminal), wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), a Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolutions of public land mobile networks (public land mobile network, PLMN)
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • Functional handheld devices computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolutions of public land mobile networks (public land mobile network, PLMN)
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wear and developing wearable devices by applying wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device can also be the terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect items to the network through communication technology, so as to realize Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrow band (NB) technology.
  • NB narrow band
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiver function for communicating with a terminal device.
  • the equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC) , base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR , a gNB in the system, or, a transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna
  • a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and realizes the functions of radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer.
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, realizing the functions of the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer.
  • the AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , or, sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • a terminal device or a network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in a terminal device or a network device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture covers a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, or tape, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact disc (compact disc, CD), digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.).
  • magnetic storage devices e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, or tape, etc.
  • optical disks e.g., compact disc (compact disc, CD), digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD) etc.
  • smart cards and flash memory devices for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 take the communication between a network device and a terminal device as an example to briefly describe a communication scenario applicable to the present application, and do not limit other applicable scenarios of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 and Fig. 2 are only simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding, and the communication system may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 .
  • the communication system may also include core network equipment for managing terminal equipment and network equipment configuration, for example, including access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements, session management function (session management function (SMF) network element, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, etc.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • PCF policy control function
  • PCF policy control function
  • Figure 1 and Figure 2 are the communication systems applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 1 and Figure 2 are the communication systems applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the PDCCH repetition transmission has the following definition: the coding or rate matching operation is based on a PDCCH repetition transmission, and the other PDCCH repetition transmission is the same code bit, and each repetition transmission is Using the same aggregation level (aggregation level, AL) or the same number of control channel elements (control channel element, CCE), repeated transmission of the same coded bits and the same downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) load information (such as , the DCI bit content is the same), the overall process is shown in Figure 3, and Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission.
  • aggregation level aggregation level
  • CCE control channel element
  • FIG. 3 is only a schematic flow chart proposed for the convenience of understanding the present application, and other functional modules may be included in the PDCCH repeated transmission process, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the repeated transmission of the PDCCH reference may be made to the introduction in the current related art.
  • the grid-filled block diagram in Fig. 3 indicates that the repeated transmission of the PDCCH needs to be guaranteed to be the same.
  • the payload bits and coding bits of the DCI are the same.
  • a joint transmission mechanism of multiple transmission and reception points (transmission and reception point, TRP) (also called a station) can be used to improve the reliability of DCI transmission.
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • the coded bits are formed by the above-mentioned coding method, they are sent by multiple stations on different time-frequency resources respectively, and the terminal equipment can respectively receive them on the above-mentioned time-frequency resources.
  • Multiple coded bits and then perform a joint analysis operation to obtain DCI information bits, for example, perform channel estimation on different time-frequency resources and demodulate received signals to obtain likelihood values for combination.
  • the above operations can be equivalently understood as improving the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of transmission, thereby improving reliability.
  • SNR signal-to-noise ratio
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission based on multipoint transmission.
  • TRP#1 and TRP#2 serve as a cooperative base station for a terminal device.
  • the DCI delivered by TRP#1 corresponds to control resource set #1 (CORESET#1), in which the first quasi co-location assumption (quasi co-location assumption, QCL assumption) is configured to correspond to the channel characteristics of the terminal device to TRP#1;
  • the DCI delivered by #2 corresponds to CORESET#2, in which the second QCL is configured to assume that it corresponds to the channel characteristics from UE to TRP#2.
  • CORESET#1 and CORESET#2 may be configured to completely or partially overlap to improve DCI transmission flexibility and ensure frequency-selective scheduling gain.
  • the two DCIs delivered by CORESET#1 and CORESET#2 are respectively carried on two candidate PDCCHs (PDCCH candidates), and the search space sets to which the two candidate PDCCHs belong have an association relationship (linkage or linked), that is, the terminal device The merge operation described above can be performed. 3.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the configuration between two SS sets.
  • the base station configures the linkage relationship (linkage) through RRC parameters on the two SS sets used for PDCCH repeated transmission, that is, SS set #i and SS set #j can be called linked SS sets (linked SS sets).
  • Two candidate PDCCHs from two SS sets with an association relationship also have an association relationship. For example, the first PDCCH candidate belongs to SS set1, and the second PDCCH candidate belongs to SS set2.
  • the base station configures SS set1 and SS set2 to have an association relationship through high-level signaling , that is, SS set1 and SS set2 are used for PDCCH repeated transmission, then according to the predefined rules, it can be determined that the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate are two PDCCH candidates with an associated relationship, which can be called associated PDCCH candidates (linked PDCCH candidate). It can be understood that the association relationship between the two PDCCH candidates is reflected in the configuration relationship of the SS sets they belong to, that is, the base station configures SS set1 and SS set2 to have an association relationship through high-level signaling.
  • the candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission belong to two candidate PDCCHs of two SS sets.
  • one SS set#i includes aggregation levels AL4 and AL8, and the corresponding numbers of candidate PDCCHs are 4 and 2 respectively.
  • the PDCCH retransmission of AL4 can only be realized through two AL4 candidate PDCCHs, instead of one AL4 candidate PDCCH and one AL8 candidate PDCCH. Therefore, assuming that there is a predefined PDCCH retransmission mapping relationship, the association relationship shown in FIG. 5 can be obtained.
  • candidate PDCCH index 1 of SS set#i and candidate PDCCH index 1 of SS set#j perform PDCCH repeated transmission together, candidate PDCCH index 2 of SS set#i and candidate PDCCH index 2 of SS set#j together
  • the repeated transmission of PDCCH is called linked PDCCH candidates respectively.
  • candidate PDCCH index 1 of SS set#i and candidate PDCCH index 1 of SS set#j perform PDCCH retransmission together. It can be seen from the above two sub-scenarios that all candidate PDCCHs in one SS set are used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and do not include candidate PDCCHs used to send independent PDCCHs. If the base station wants to send an independent PDCCH, it can only be realized by configuring other SS sets, such as configuring SS set#k.
  • the 3gpp communication protocol TS38.213 stipulates whether a PDCCH candidate is counted as a calculation rule for one blind detection (also called a count one operation), and "one blind detection” can also be called “one for The monitored PDCCH candidate”.
  • first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate meet the following four conditions (it can also be understood that the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate meet the conditions counted as one blind detection):
  • ⁇ Condition 1 the same aggregation level and the same starting CCE position (it can also be understood as the same time-frequency resource, and can also be understood as the CCE set of the first PDCCH candidate is the same as the CCE set of the second PDCCH candidate);
  • ⁇ Condition 2 the same scrambling sequence (scrambling sequence); that is, the scrambling sequences used by the above two candidate PDCCHs are the same.
  • This scrambling code sequence is added around the bit sequence of the DCI.
  • the initialization sequence of the scrambling code sequence is related to configuration parameters such as search space set type and CORESET.
  • ⁇ Condition 3 the same CORESET; the CORESETs associated with the SS sets to which the above two PDCCH candidates belong are the same.
  • candidate PDCCH1 belongs to SS set1
  • candidate PDCCH2 belongs to SS set2
  • SS set1 is associated with CORESET1
  • SS set2 is associated with CORESET1.
  • SS set1 and SS set2 are associated with the same CORESET, namely CORESET1.
  • the CORESETs corresponding to the candidate PDCCH1 and the candidate PDCCH2 are the same.
  • ⁇ Condition 4 the same DCI size.
  • PDCCH candidate1 and PDCCH candidate2 belong to SS set1, and PDCCH candidate2 belongs to SS set2.
  • the payload size (size) corresponding to the DCI format (format) associated with SS set1 is the same as the payload size (size) corresponding to the DCI format associated with SS set2.
  • the DCI format associated with the SS set can be determined through the RRC parameters configured by the network device, that is, the network device configures the configuration information of an SS set through the RRC parameters. Among them, the configuration information of the SS set also includes the DCI format to be monitored.
  • these two PDCCH candidates can be counted as one blind detection, or these two PDCCH candidates can be counted as one PDCCH candidate for monitoring, or the first PDCCH candidate or the second PDCCH candidate can not be counted as one for monitoring PDCCH candidate;
  • the two PDCCH candidates do not meet at least one of the above conditions, the two PDCCH candidates are not counted as 1 blind detection, or the two PDCCH candidates are not counted as 1 PDCCH candidate for monitoring, or It is said that the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate are respectively counted as one PDCCH candidate for monitoring.
  • the time-domain position (or referred to as reference point, reference time, reference-based position, etc.) of the start time domain of PDCCH repeated transmission.
  • the PDCCH candidate where the PDCCH is detected is used as the starting time domain position.
  • the terminal device may only monitor the PDCCH on the first PDCCH candidate, or it may only monitor the PDCCH on the second PDCCH candidate, or the terminal device may PDCCH is monitored on both PDCCH candidates.
  • This PDCCH candidate is called a reference PDCCH candidate.
  • the candidate PDCCH with a later end time is used as the reference candidate PDCCH:
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a starting time domain position of a scheduling slot in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
  • Scheduling time slot K0 determine in which time slot to receive the scheduled physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) or channel state indication reference signal (channel state indication reference signal, CSI-RS).
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • CSI-RS channel state indication reference signal
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a time-domain position of a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) processing time start in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PUSCH processing time Tproc,2 the preparation time for the terminal device to prepare uplink data (for example, PUSCH) to be sent according to the downlink control information DCI sent by the network device.
  • the DCI is the DCI sent by the network device for uplink scheduling.
  • the terminal device can also determine whether the uplink scheduling DCI complies with the protocol through Tproc,2.
  • Tproc,2 can be determined by N2, or jointly determined by N2 and other parameters, such as "N2"+d_2,1, or d_2,2.
  • parameter d_2,1 and parameter d_2,2 are predefined parameters in section 6.4 of the protocol TS38.214.
  • the parameter N2 is determined based on the subcarrier spacing (subcarrier spacing, SCS) of the bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP) in which the terminal device works and/or the capability information reported by the terminal device.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of CSI calculation time in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
  • the PUSCH scheduled by the base station for CSI reporting cannot be earlier than Z symbols.
  • Terminal equipment processes DCI in Z symbols, receives and processes CSI-RS, prepares uplink data, etc.
  • the candidate PDCCH with the earlier PDCCH monitoring opportunity is used as the reference candidate PDCCH:
  • C-DAI count downlink assignment indicator
  • T-DAI total downlink assignment indicator
  • the current standard PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission start time domain position ambiguity scene is shown in Figure 9, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission satisfying one blind detection.
  • the first PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate are a pair of PDCCH candidates used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and may also be called a pair of linked PDCCH candidates; the second PDCCH candidate is a PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission.
  • the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate meet the condition of count one, that is, the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate count as one PDCCH candidate for monitoring the PDCCH.
  • the terminal device performs a decoding on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second PDCCH candidate or the third PDCCH candidate, and then configures the corresponding RNTI according to the DCI format corresponding to the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate to perform CRC check.
  • the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate satisfy the count one condition, and in a pair of PDCCH candidates used for PDCCH repeated transmission, the initial orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) of the first PDCCH candidate, OFDM) symbol is earlier than the third PDCCH candidate.
  • the PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission in this application is not limited to satisfying count one with the PDCCH candidate whose starting OFDM symbol is later in a pair of linked PDCCH candidates, and can also satisfy count one with the PDCCH candidate whose starting OFDM symbol is earlier.
  • count one as shown in Figure 10, Figure 10 is another schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission satisfying one blind detection.
  • the second PDCCH candidate may also satisfy the count one condition with the first PDCCH candidate.
  • the terminal device cannot fully determine whether the detected PDCCH is transmitted through repeated PDCCH transmission or independent transmission through PDCCH through decoding, which affects the starting time domain position of subsequent scheduling.
  • the terminal device cannot determine whether the detected PDCCH is sent to the terminal device by the base station through PDCCH repeated transmission or through PDCCH independent transmission.
  • the base station and the terminal device may define different starting time domain positions.
  • the base station defines the starting time domain position as: determined based on the PDCCH repeated transmission method, the starting time domain positions of K0, N2, and Z should be the PDCCH candidate whose starting OFDM symbol is later, that is, the second PDCCH candidate.
  • the terminal device defines the initial time domain position as: PDCCH independent transmission, then the initial time domain position of K0, N2, Z and (c-DAI, t-DAI) is the third PDCCH candidate, which will cause subsequent data transmission s failure.
  • the standard meeting has been discussed and defined.
  • the terminal equipment determines through the high-level parameter configuration that it is the scenario shown in Figure 9 and Figure 10
  • no matter whether the detected PDCCH is repeatedly transmitted by the base station through the PDCCH or independently transmitted through the PDCCH the The starting time domain position is always determined according to the method defined in the PDCCH repeated transmission. That is, in the above example, even if the terminal equipment determines the error, the starting time domain positions related to PDCCH scheduling (for example, K0, N2, Z, (c-DAI, t-DAI), etc.) are all transmitted according to PDCCH repetition In this way, the base station and the terminal equipment have the same understanding of the initial time-domain position ambiguity scene, so as to ensure correct data transmission.
  • PDCCH scheduling for example, K0, N2, Z, (c-DAI, t-DAI), etc.
  • the Rel-15 protocol defines a DCI format 2_0, which is used to dynamically indicate the slot format (slot format).
  • the slot format includes downlink symbol, uplink symbol and flexible symbol.
  • the terminal device performs data reception on downlink symbols, data transmission on uplink symbols, and data transmission or data transmission on flexible symbols.
  • the specific behavior depends on the dynamic indication of DCI format 2_0 and the predefined priority rules of the protocol. Sure.
  • the time slot format can be determined through semi-static configuration of network equipment and/or DCI dynamic indication, wherein semi-static configuration of network equipment can be further divided into cell-specific configuration and UE-specific configuration. configuration).
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a DCI format 2_0.
  • the protocol stipulates that the monitoring timing of a DCI format 2_0 is within the first three symbols of a time slot, that is, if a network device wants to send DCI format 2_0 to a terminal device, it can send it in the first three symbols of a time slot.
  • the effective start time of the time slot format indicated by DCI format 2_0 is the start symbol of the time slot where the terminal device listens to a DCI format 2_0.
  • the specific indicated time range depends on the content indicated by DCI format 2_0.
  • the indicated time The range can overlap with the semi-statically configured time slot format of the network device, or partially overlap with the time range indicated by other DCI format 2_0, but the indicated time slot format will not conflict with the semi-statically configured time slot format of the network device, nor It will conflict with the slot format indicated by other DCI format 2_0.
  • the network device semi-statically configures the terminal device to perform uplink and downlink transmission through high-level parameters (for example, RRC parameters).
  • the uplink and downlink transmissions configured semi-statically include two categories: downlink reception configured by RRC and uplink transmission configured by RRC. Among them, the downlink reception configured by RRC includes but not limited to the following signals:
  • Periodic (periodic, p-) channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-reference signal, CSI-RS) for channel state information (Channel state information, CSI) reporting, semi-persistent (semi-persistent) for CSI reporting -persistent, sp-) CSI-RS.
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-reference signal
  • the uplink transmission of RRC configuration includes but not limited to the following signals:
  • Periodic CSI reporting periodic or semi-persistent Sounding reference signal (periodic/semi-persistent Sounding reference signal, SRS), signal on the physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH), type 1 or type 2 configuration
  • SRS periodic/semi-persistent Sounding reference signal
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • type 1 or type 2 configuration The scheduling signal (type 1/type 2 configured scheduling) and so on.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of conflict between downlink reception configured by RRC and slot format dynamically indicated.
  • the terminal device monitors DCI format 2_0 in the first three symbols of a time slot.
  • the DCI format 2_0 dynamically indicates that the first three symbols of the slot format of this time slot are downlink symbols, and the fourth symbol is a flexible symbol. From the fifth symbol to the first 14 symbols are all ascending symbols.
  • the downlink received periodic CSI-RS configured by RRC is in the 7th symbol, but the time slot format of the 7th symbol is dynamically indicated as the uplink symbol, and the uplink and downlink conflict.
  • the same time slot is that the DCI format 2_0 and the periodic CSI-RS are in the same time slot, which means that the earliest effective time is the same time slot.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of conflict between uplink transmission configured by RRC and slot format dynamically indicated.
  • the terminal device monitors the DCI format 2_0 in the first three symbols of a time slot, and the DCI format 2_0 dynamically indicates that both slot n and slot n+1 are downlink symbols.
  • the uplink transmission configured by RRC performs periodic CSI reporting in the last several symbols of slot n, that is, PUCCH signal transmission, and SRS is sent in several symbols after slot n+1. Since the uplink transmission configured by RRC conflicts with the slot format dynamically indicated, according to the predefined rules of the protocol, within N2 OFDM symbols starting from the next symbol after the end of DCI format 2_0, the UE will not cancel the RRC configuration.
  • Uplink transmission that is, the terminal device will send periodic CSI reports to the network. Since the SRS transmission configured by RRC is outside the range of N2 OFDM symbols, the terminal device has enough time to judge this scenario, including the decoding and parsing time of DCI format 2_0 and the RF front-end switching time, so the terminal device needs Cancel the uplink sending of the SRS.
  • BWP Bandwidth part
  • BWP which can be understood as the working bandwidth of the terminal device, representing a set of continuous resource blocks (resource block, RB) for a given carrier and a given parameter set, and each BWP has an index (index) , used to distinguish different BWPs.
  • this BWP When a terminal device works in a BWP, this BWP is called the active BWP (active BWP), and the base station can dynamically instruct the terminal device to switch to another BWP through DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the indicator field including the BWP indicator (Bandwidth part indicator) in the DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 and determines the bit size of the indicator field through the RRC parameter.
  • the DCI contains the Bandwidth part indicator field, and the BWP index indicated by this field is different from the index of the currently active BWP, which means that this is a BWP switching instruction and notifies the terminal
  • the device switches to the BWP corresponding to the indicated BWP index for data transmission.
  • the current protocol stipulates that the BWP switching DCI is scheduled in the first three symbols of a time slot, mainly because the terminal equipment needs to perform a series of operations to activate BWP switching. ), the terminal device can detect this DCI as early as possible for subsequent processing.
  • the process of activating BWP handover roughly includes the following flow:
  • Detect the DCI that activates the BWP switching indication ; analyze the DCI, identify the BWP switching, modify the RF front-end bandwidth; reconfigure the parameters of the target BWP, and switch the system at regular intervals.
  • the duration of activating the BWP handover is related to the capabilities of the terminal equipment and the subcarrier spacing of the BWP.
  • the current agreement stipulates that BWP switching with a subcarrier spacing of 15kHz requires 1 time slot, that is, 1ms; BWP switching with a subcarrier spacing of 30kHz requires 2 time slots, that is, 1ms; BWP switching with a subcarrier spacing of 60kHz requires 3 hours.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of BWP switching. It can be seen from Fig. 14 that the terminal device detects a BWP switching DCI and activates BWP switching in the first three symbols of a time slot.
  • the Rel-15 protocol defines a PDSCH scheduling mode as the PDSCH mapping mode A, as shown in FIG. 15 , which is a schematic diagram of a PDSCH scheduling mode as the PDSCH mapping mode A.
  • the feature of this scheduling mapping method is that for a normal cyclic prefix (NCP) scenario, the starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH can only be the first 4 symbols of a slot, that is, the set of starting OFDM symbols is OFDM symbol ⁇ 0 ,1,2,3 ⁇ .
  • the protocol has a scheduling restriction on scheduling PDCCH in PDSCH mapping mode A, that is, if scheduling PDCCH in PDSCH mapping mode A and PDSCH are in the same time slot, the terminal device does not expect this PDCCH to be outside the first three symbols of a slot. That is, when the same slot scheduling is required, the PDCCH is in the first three symbols of a slot.
  • the RAN1#106-e conference discussed whether to monitor individual PDCCH candidates in the above scenario.
  • the terminal device determines that one of a pair of linked PDCCH candidates and the individual PDCCH candidate meet the condition of count one according to the RRC parameter configuration, then no matter in this Whether the DCI monitored on overlapping resources is sent through individual PDCCH or linked PDCCH will be understood according to the way linked PDCCH is sent. For example, the method for determining the corresponding starting time domain position is all determined according to the way of linked PDCCH.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a conflict between an RRC configured uplink transmission and a dynamically indicated time slot format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the starting time domain position of N2 is determined according to the PDCCH candidate whose starting OFDM symbol is later in the linked PDCCH candidate (as shown in the PDCCH candidate filled with a left slash in Figure 16), but it should actually be Refer to the individual PDCCH candidate to determine (as shown in the black-filled PDCCH candidate in Figure 16), so in the scenario where the network device sends DCI format 2_0 through the individual PDCCH, there is a problem that the uplink transmission configured by RRC conflicts with the dynamically indicated slot format .
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating activation of a BWP handover provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the activation time of BWP switching is calculated from the first OFDM symbol of the time slot where the DCI indicating BWP switching activation is located, and the DCI indicating BWP switching activation is in the first 3 symbols of a time slot.
  • the DCI processing is determined according to the PDCCH candidate whose OFDM symbol starts later in the linked PDCCH candidate, which will delay the processing time for activating BWP handover.
  • the network device sends DCI through the individual PDCCH to indicate the mapping type A of scheduling PDSCH, which may be affected by the linked PDCCH candidate.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating PDSCH mapping type A provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protocol defines a PDSCH scheduling method as PDSCH mapping method A.
  • the characteristic of this scheduling mapping method is that for the normal cyclic prefix (Normal Cyclic Prefix, NCP) scenario, the starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH can only be in the first 4 slots of a slot. Symbols, that is, a set of starting OFDM symbols are OFDM symbols ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ .
  • the protocol has a scheduling restriction on scheduling PDCCH in PDSCH mapping mode A, that is, if scheduling PDCCH in PDSCH mapping mode A and PDSCH are in the same time slot, the terminal device does not expect this PDCCH to be outside the first three symbols of a slot. That is, when the same slot scheduling is required, the PDCCH must be in the first three symbols of a slot.
  • the DCI processing is determined according to the PDCCH candidate with a later start OFDM symbol in the linked PDCCH candidate.
  • this application provides a communication method in order to unify the understanding of the initial time domain position by the terminal device and the network device .
  • the embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or an access network device, or a functional module in a terminal device or an access device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • for indicating can be understood as “enabling”, and “enabling” can include direct enabling and indirect enabling.
  • enabling can include direct enabling and indirect enabling.
  • information for enabling A it may include that the information directly enables A or indirectly enables A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the information.
  • the information enabled by the information is called the information to be enabled.
  • the information to be enabled can be directly enabled.
  • the to-be-enabled information may also be indirectly enabled by enabling other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the to-be-enabled information.
  • specific information can also be enabled by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol-specified) arrangement order of each information, thereby reducing the enabling overhead to a certain extent.
  • common parts of each information can be identified and enabled uniformly, so as to reduce the enabling overhead caused by enabling the same information separately.
  • preset may include pre-definition, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-defined can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices or network devices). limited.
  • the "storage" mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may refer to saving in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided independently, or may be integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • a part of the one or more memories may also be provided separately, and a part may be integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the type of storage may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the "protocol” involved in the embodiment of this application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include 5G protocol, new radio (new radio, NR) protocol and related protocols applied in future communication systems. Applications are not limited to this.
  • the communication method provided in this application is applied in a scenario where one of the two candidate PDCCHs corresponding to the repeated transmission of the PDCCH and the PDCCH corresponding to the independent transmission of the PDCCH satisfy the count one condition.
  • the specific definition of PDCCH repeated transmission can refer to the introduction in the above-mentioned basic concepts, and can also refer to the descriptions in current related technical documents.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not improve the concept of PDCCH repeated transmission;
  • a candidate PDCCH may be two related candidate PDCCHs (linked PDCCH candidates).
  • the concept of candidate PDCCH corresponding to PDCCH repeated transmission is not modified;
  • the specific definition of PDCCH independent transmission can refer to the current relevant
  • the embodiment of the present application does not improve the concept of PDCCH independent transmission; similarly, the PDCCH corresponding to PDCCH independent transmission can be an independent candidate PDCCH (individual PDCCH candidate).
  • for PDCCH independent transmission The concept of the corresponding candidate PDCCH is also not modified.
  • the count one condition between two candidate PDCCHs can refer to the description of the current related technology, for example, the two candidate PDCCHs satisfy the conditions shown in the previous description of the concept of one PDCCH candidate for monitoring.
  • the following example illustrates that one of the two candidate PDCCHs corresponding to repeated PDCCH transmission and the PDCCH corresponding to independent PDCCH transmission satisfy the count one condition.
  • PDCCH candidate #1 and PDCCH candidate #2 are a pair of PDCCH candidates used for PDCCH repeated transmission;
  • PDCCH candidate #3 is a PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission.
  • PDCCH candidate#3 and PDCCH candidate#1 satisfy one PDCCH candidate condition for monitoring, which can also be understood as PDCCH candidate#3 and PDCCH candidate#1 (or PDCCH Candidate #3 and PDCCH candidate #2) meet the conditions counted as one blind detection.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, including the following steps:
  • the network device determines first configuration information according to a preset rule.
  • the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission and a candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission.
  • the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are called the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH, and the candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission is called the second candidate PDCCH.
  • the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH belong to two candidate PDCCHs of two SS sets (for example, the first candidate PDCCH is a candidate PDCCH belonging to SS set #1, and the second candidate PDCCH is a candidate PDCCH belonging to SS set #2 Candidate PDCCH), the network device configures the relationship between SS set#1 and SS set#2 through RRC parameters, SS set#1 and SS set#2 are used for PDCCH repeated transmission, that is, SS set#1 and SS set#2 can be called It is linked SS set.
  • the preset rule is predefined by the protocol; or, the preset rule is determined by the network device itself; or, the preset rule is determined through negotiation between the network device and the terminal device; or, the preset rule is The management device provides to the network device.
  • the preset rule indicates that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for repeated PDCCH transmission are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot. Specifically, the preset rule indicates that the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, and the preset rule indicates that the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is the time slot At least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of .
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the slot
  • the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the slot. Two OFDM symbols.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol and the second OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot
  • the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol in the time slot.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol and the second OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot
  • the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol and the second OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot.
  • the specific form of at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot corresponding to the preset rule indicating that the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are all time slots is different.
  • the domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission There is no limitation on whether the domain positions include part or all of the same OFDM symbols.
  • the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition, or the third candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition, for the convenience of description, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate The PDCCH satisfies the first condition as an example for description.
  • the first condition includes:
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first The DCI sizes corresponding to the candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same.
  • the same time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH can be understood as: the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH have the same aggregation level and the same starting CCE position, that is, the CCE of the first candidate PDCCH The set is the same as the CCE set of the second candidate PDCCH.
  • the same scrambling code sequence corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH can be understood as: the DCI carried on the first candidate PDCCH is scrambled by the scrambling code sequence 1, and the DCI carried on the second candidate PDCCH is also scrambled by the scrambling code sequence 1. Sequence 1 is scrambled. This scrambling code sequence is added around the bit sequence of the DCI. The initialization sequence of the scrambling code sequence is related to configuration parameters such as search space set type and CORESET.
  • the same set of control resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH can be understood as: the CORESET associated with the SS set (for example, SS set#1) to which the first candidate PDCCH belongs and the SS set to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs (for example, SS set#2) are associated with the same CORESET, for example, SS set#1 and SS set#2 are associated with CORESET1 respectively.
  • the same DCI size corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH can be understood as: the configuration information of the SS set to which the first candidate PDCCH belongs includes the size of the DCI format to be monitored (for example, the configuration information of SS set#1 Including the DCI format to be monitored 1) and the configuration information of the SS set to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs includes the size of the DCI format to be monitored (for example, the configuration information of SS set#2 includes the DCI format 2 to be monitored) are the same, that is, the DCI
  • the payload size of format 1 is the same as that of DCI format 2; or it can also be understood that the size of the DCI carried by the first candidate PDCCH is the same as that of the DCI carried by the second candidate PDCCH.
  • the DCI size can also be understood as the payload size of the DCI format.
  • the DCI corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH includes at least one of the following:
  • the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, the BWP index indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH Mapping method A.
  • the network device when the network device sends DCI format 2_0 through PDCCH independent transmission, or sends DCI indicating BWP switching, or sends PDSCH scheduling of PDSCH mapping type A, process the start of DCI
  • the method of determining the time domain position (for example, the starting OFDM symbol of the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2, the starting OFDM symbol of the activation BWP switching processing time or the starting OFDM symbol of the scheduled PDSCH) is determined according to the way of PDCCH repeated transmission, It may cause the problem that the terminal device and the network device have inconsistent understanding of the initial time domain position, or the terminal device has insufficient time to prepare data or insufficient time for the terminal device to switch.
  • the individual PDCCH candidate for example, the above-mentioned second candidate PDCCH
  • the time-domain position of the linked PDCCH candidate is limited to at least one of the first 3 OFDM symbols of the time slot, so that the terminal device and the network device have the initial time-domain position unity of understanding.
  • One of the PDCCH candidates of the individual PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission and the linked PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH repeated transmission satisfies count one, which can be understood as the above-mentioned second candidate PDCCH and the above-mentioned first candidate PDCCH satisfy count one, Or the foregoing second candidate PDCCH and the foregoing third candidate PDCCH satisfy count one.
  • the second PDCCH candidate will not satisfy count one with the first PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate at the same time.
  • FIG. 20 are schematic diagrams of a PDCCH configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration for scheduling restrictions according to preset rules. It can be seen from (a) in FIG.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the PDCCH candidate (for example, the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH above) is at least one of the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot (the first three OFDM symbols shown in (a) in Figure 20 at least one of downlink OFDM symbols).
  • the individual PDCCH candidate bears DCI format 2_0, or bears DCI indicating BWP switching, or bears PDSCH scheduling of PDSCH mapping type A.
  • the "DCI carried on the PDCCH candidate" involved in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as the configuration information of the SS set to which the PDCCH candidate belongs includes the DCI format information, and/or, the configuration of the SS set to which the PDCCH candidate belongs The information includes the payload size information of the DCI format; it can also be understood that the network device sends the DCI on the PDCCH candidate.
  • (b) in Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of the PDCCH configuration according to the current protocol. From (b) in Figure 20, it can be seen that the linked PDCCH candidate that satisfies count one with the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the second candidate PDCCH above) The time domain position corresponding to at least one of (for example, the third candidate PDCCH above) is not at least one of the first three OFDM symbols of the slot (for example, the seventh OFDM symbol shown in (b) in Figure 20) .
  • the individual PDCCH candidate bears DCI format 2_0, or bears DCI indicating BWP switching, or bears PDSCH scheduling of PDSCH mapping type A.
  • the network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the monitoring mode of the PDCCH, and the method flow shown in FIG. 19 also includes:
  • the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, or the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device.
  • the manner in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to the manner in which the network device sends information related to configuring and monitoring the PDCCH to the terminal device in the current related art;
  • the configuration information may be transmitted in a manner; or the configuration information may be transmitted in a manner of multiplexing the existing signaling of the terminal device and the network device.
  • the manner in which the network device sends the information of configuring the candidate PDCCH to the terminal device is not limited.
  • the preset rules in this implementation limit the time domain position corresponding to the candidate PDCCH for PDCCH repeated transmission to the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot at least one of the .
  • the network device may send DCI on the second candidate PDCCH according to the first configuration information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 19 further includes:
  • the network device sends DCI.
  • the network device sends an independent PDCCH (individual PDCCH) for independent PDCCH transmission according to PDCCH-related configuration information, and the independent PDCCH (for example, the above-mentioned second candidate PDCCH) for independent PDCCH transmission carries DCI.
  • an independent PDCCH (individual PDCCH) for independent PDCCH transmission according to PDCCH-related configuration information
  • the independent PDCCH for example, the above-mentioned second candidate PDCCH
  • the network device may also send an associated PDCCH (linked PDCCH) used for repeated PDCCH transmission according to PDCCH-related configuration information, and the associated PDCCH used for repeated PDCCH transmission carries DCI.
  • an associated PDCCH linked PDCCH
  • the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH according to the first configuration information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 19 also includes:
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH according to the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH on the candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission and the candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission according to the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device monitors a candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and/or, the terminal device monitors a second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission;
  • the terminal device determines that the first configuration information is wrong configuration information
  • the third condition includes that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, and the used The first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs repeatedly transmitted by the PDCCH satisfy the first condition.
  • the terminal device performs any of the following: skip decoding the first candidate PDCCH and/or not monitor the third candidate PDCCH, Skip the decoding process of the second candidate PDCCH, do not monitor the first candidate PDCCH and/or do not monitor the third candidate PDCCH, do not monitor the second candidate PDCCH, only monitor the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH, Only the second candidate PDCCH is monitored.
  • the scheduling of the network device is restricted by determining the PDCCH configuration information according to a preset rule.
  • DCI format 2_0 the behavior of the terminal device side is introduced:
  • the terminal device does not expect to be configured to handle "the following scenarios”; or the terminal device does not expect to decode (or monitor) DCI format 2_0 on the individual PDCCH candidate in the "following scenarios”; or the terminal device does not expect the basis in the following scenarios
  • the configuration information of DCI format 2_0 is decoded (or monitored) on the individual PDCCH candidate on the PDCCH candidate.
  • “the following scenarios” are: one of the PDCCH candidates and the individual PDCCH candidates in a pair of linked PDCCH candidates meet the condition of count one, and the configuration information of the search space set (SS set) to which the individual PDCCH candidate belongs includes DCI format 2_0.
  • the terminal device determines according to the first configuration information that the network device does not configure the PDCCH according to the preset rules in the above scenario, the terminal device can consider this scenario as a scenario that is not expected to be processed, so it does not need to monitor the individual PDCCH candidate, or does not follow the individual PDCCH
  • the configuration information of the SS set described in the PDCCH candidate decodes or monitors the individual PDCCH candidate.
  • the network device sends an instruction BWP to switch DCI through the individual PDCCH; also for example, the network device uses the individual PDCCH
  • the terminal device side may not expect to be configured to handle this scenario, or the terminal device does not expect to decode DCI on the individual PDCCH candidate in this scenario.
  • the network device sends DCI format 2_0 through the individual PDCCH. The difference is that in these two scenarios, the terminal device needs to monitor the DCI and analyze it to know whether it is the two scenarios, so I won’t go into details here.
  • the method shown in FIG. 19 restricts the scheduling of network devices according to preset rules, so that the terminal device and the network device have a unified understanding of the starting time domain position for processing DCI.
  • the present application also provides a communication method, which enables the terminal device and the network device to have a unified understanding of the starting time domain position for processing DCI, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 21 .
  • Figure 21 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, including the following steps:
  • the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, or the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device.
  • the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and a second candidate PDCCH used for independent transmission of the PDCCH, the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for repeated transmission of the PDCCH, The first condition is met with the second candidate PDCCH.
  • the first configuration information in this embodiment is not determined according to the preset rules, that is to say, the network device does not need to follow the above preset rules when scheduling Make the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH be located in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot.
  • the network device may send DCI on the second candidate PDCCH according to the above first configuration information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 21 further includes:
  • the network device sends DCI.
  • the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH according to the first configuration information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 21 also includes:
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH according to the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device monitoring the PDCCH according to the first configuration information includes:
  • the terminal device monitors a second candidate PDCCH according to the first configuration information, and the second candidate PDCCH is the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for independent transmission of PDCCH and repeated transmission of PDCCH that satisfies the first conditional candidate PDCCH,
  • the first condition includes:
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH
  • the control resource sets corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs are the same, and the downlink control information DCI sizes corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same.
  • the terminal device can determine the starting time domain position for processing the DCI by itself according to whether the monitored DCI satisfies the second condition.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 21 also includes:
  • the terminal device determines whether the second condition is met.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI
  • the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI
  • the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index
  • the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI
  • the The time-domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A.
  • the second condition can also be called a rule.
  • the terminal device determines the starting time domain position for processing DCI according to the second condition, including the following two situations:
  • the terminal device determines a starting time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH;
  • the terminal device determines a start time domain position according to the time domain positions of the first PDCCH candidate and/or the third PDCCH candidate.
  • the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the DCI format 2_0 on the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the second candidate PDCCH above) according to the configuration information of the network device (for example, the above-mentioned first configuration information), according to Monitor the RNTI of DCI on the individual PDCCH candidate to determine the behavior of the terminal device, specifically, including:
  • the terminal device determines the initial time domain position of the PUSCH processing time Tproc, 2 according to the manner specified in the Rel-15 protocol, and the initial time domain position of the PUSCH processing time Tproc, 2 is the end of the second candidate PDCCH The next OFDM symbol of the OFDM symbol.
  • SFI-RNTI slot format indication radio network temporary identity
  • the RNTI of the masked CRC is the Cell-radio network temporary identity (C-RNTI), modulation and coding scheme Cell-radio network temporary identity (Modulation and coding scheme-Cell-radio network temporary identity, MCS-C-RNTI) or configured scheduling-radio network temporary identity (CS-RNTI), etc.
  • C-RNTI Cell-radio network temporary identity
  • MCS-C-RNTI Modulation and coding scheme-Cell-radio network temporary identity
  • CS-RNTI configured scheduling-radio network temporary identity
  • the terminal device determines that one of a pair of linked PDCCH candidates and the individual PDCCH candidate meet the condition of count one, then no matter whether the DCI monitored on this overlapping resource is sent through the individual PDCCH or the linked PDCCH Sending will be understood according to the way linked PDCCH is sent.
  • the PDCCH candidate with a later start OFDM symbol in a pair of linked PDCCH candidates is used to determine the start time domain position (for example, determine the start time domain position of Tproc,2).
  • FIG. 22 are schematic diagrams of another PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device determines the linked PDCCH candidate (for example, the first candidate PDCCH above) and the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the above-mentioned first candidate PDCCH) according to the configuration information of the network device (for example, the above-mentioned first configuration information)
  • the second candidate PDCCH satisfies the count one condition, and the DCI monitored by the terminal device on the individual PDCCH candidate meets at least one of the following conditions:
  • the CRC of the monitored DCI is scrambled by C-RNTI and the BWP ID indicated by the Bandwidth part indicator field in this DCI is not the active BWP ID;
  • the terminal device determines the starting time domain position according to the manner stipulated in the Rel-15 protocol.
  • the starting time domain position is the time of the active BWP handover processing time A second initial OFDM symbol, where the second initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located.
  • the starting time domain position is the scheduling A third initial OFDM symbol of the PDSCH, where the third initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located.
  • the initial time domain position is determined according to the manner stipulated in the Rel-17 protocol.
  • the terminal device determines that one of a pair of linked PDCCH candidates and the individual PDCCH candidate meet the condition of count one according to the RRC parameter configuration, then no matter whether the DCI monitored on this overlapping resource is sent through the individual PDCCH or through the linked PDCCH It will be understood according to the way linked PDCCH is sent.
  • the terminal device can determine whether its own behavior is in accordance with the Rel- 15 protocol to determine the initial time domain position, or to determine the initial time domain position in the manner specified in the Rel-17 protocol.
  • the terminal device and the network device have a unified understanding of the starting time domain position, and the following description will be made in conjunction with the second line of the case.
  • the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the next time slot of the DCI time slot;
  • the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the DCI time slot.
  • the starting time domain position is the first starting time slot of the time slot format indicated by the DCI, and the first starting time slot is The next slot of the slot where the DCI is located.
  • the starting time domain position is the active BWP
  • the initial The time domain position is the second starting time slot for scheduling the PDSCH, and the second starting time slot is the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located.
  • the network The device also needs to determine the initial time domain position according to the method of determining the initial time domain position shown on the terminal device side, for example, determine the initial time domain position before the network device sends the DCI, or after sending the DCI Determine the initial time domain position. In this embodiment, there is no limit to the timing of the network device determining the initial time domain position.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 21 also includes:
  • the network device determines whether the second condition is met.
  • the network device determines the starting time domain position for processing DCI according to the second condition includes the following two situations:
  • the network device determines a starting time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH;
  • the network device determines a starting time domain position according to the time domain positions of the first PDCCH candidate and/or the third PDCCH candidate.
  • the network device determines that DCI format 2_0 needs to be monitored on the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the second candidate PDCCH mentioned above) according to the configuration information (for example, the above-mentioned first configuration information), according to the individual PDCCH
  • the CRC masked RNTI of the DCI carried on the candidate is used to determine the behavior of the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the initial time domain position for processing DCI according to the second condition, and will not repeat it here. .
  • the network device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the next time slot of the DCI time slot;
  • the network device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the DCI time slot.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission is at least in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot One, the position in the time domain corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH used for repeated PDCCH transmission is an OFDM symbol other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot.
  • the present application also provides a method for configuring a candidate PDCCH at a PDCCH detection opportunity, as follows:
  • the first PDCCH candidate (or may also be referred to as the first PDCCH candidate) to be associated with the third PDCCH candidate.
  • the total number of times of blind detection of the first PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate is x.
  • the second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition, or the second candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition,
  • the first condition is that the time-frequency resources occupied by the second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH overlap and the second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH use the same DCI bit length, scrambling code sequence and correspond to the same The control resource set CORESET; or,
  • the first condition is that the time-frequency resources occupied by the second candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH overlap and the second candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH use the same DCI bit length, scrambling code sequence and correspond to the same The control resource set CORESET.
  • the third candidate PDCCH is not associated with other candidate PDCCHs, and the third candidate PDCCH does not count the number of times of blind detection.
  • the PDCCH candidate when the second PDCCH candidate and the first PDCCH candidate meet the first condition, and when the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate meet the first condition, the first PDCCH candidate, the PDCCH candidate
  • the total number of times of blind detection corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH is x.
  • the terminal device detects the second PDCCH candidate.
  • the terminal device reports whether to detect the second PDCCH candidate.
  • the terminal device detects the second PDCCH candidate, and when the second PDCCH candidate is associated with the third PDCCH candidate, the terminal device does not detect the second PDCCH candidate.
  • the terminal device determines whether to detect the second PDCCH candidate according to the value of x.
  • the terminal device reports the value of x, for example, the value of x is 2 or 3.
  • the terminal device determines whether to detect the second PDCCH candidate according to the reported value of x.
  • the total number of times of blind detection of the second candidate PDCCH and the fourth candidate PDCCH is x.
  • the second candidate PDCCH when the second candidate PDCCH is associated with the fourth candidate PDCCH, the time-frequency resources occupied by the second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH overlap, and the search space set index value of the second candidate PDCCH is less than the search space index value of the fourth candidate PDCCH, and the search space set index value of the first candidate PDCCH is less than the search space set index value of the third candidate PDCCH, then the second candidate PDCCH does not count the number of blind detection times .
  • the total number of times of blind detection corresponding to the first PDCCH candidate, the second PDCCH candidate, the third PDCCH candidate, and the fourth PDCCH candidate is 2x-1.
  • each candidate PDCCH pair includes two interrelated candidate PDCCHs, and the N candidate PDCCH pairs satisfy a fourth condition, and the fourth condition includes:
  • the number of overlapping candidate PDCCH pairs in the time domain does not exceed K, K is an integer less than or equal to N, and N is an integer, where the two overlapping candidate PDCCH pairs in the time domain are: Assuming the start and end of the first candidate PDCCH pair The time domain positions are n1 and n2 respectively, and the start and end time domain positions of the second candidate PDCCH pair are m1 and m2 respectively, then the first candidate PDCCH pair and the second candidate PDCCH pair overlap each other in the time domain to satisfy: n1 ⁇ m2 and n2 ⁇ m1; the starting time domain position of the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH in the candidate pair is the starting OFDM symbol position of the candidate PDCCH whose time domain starts earlier in the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH, end The time domain position is the end OFDM symbol position of the candidate PDCCH whose time domain ends later among the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH.
  • K is preset by the protocol, or K is reported by the terminal device.
  • K is independent of N.
  • FIG. 23 are schematic diagrams of configuring candidate PDCCHs at PDCCH detection opportunities.
  • the maximum number of candidate PDCCH pairs overlapping each other in the time domain is four.
  • 8 candidate PDCCHs are configured on 8 PDCCH detection opportunities, where there is one candidate PDCCH on each detection opportunity, and the candidate PDCCH and PDCCH detection on PDCCH detection opportunity #1
  • Candidate PDCCH association on opportunity #5 candidate PDCCH association on PDCCH detection opportunity #2 and candidate PDCCH association on PDCCH detection opportunity #6, and so on, in the configuration shown in (b) in Figure 23
  • the maximum number of overlapping candidate PDCCH pairs on the field is 4.
  • 8 candidate PDCCHs are configured on 8 PDCCH detection occasions, and there is one candidate PDCCH on each detection occasion, and the candidate PDCCH and PDCCH detection on PDCCH detection occasion #1
  • candidate PDCCH association on opportunity #2, candidate PDCCH association on PDCCH detection opportunity #3 and candidate PDCCH association on PDCCH detection opportunity #4, and so on in the configuration shown in (c) in Figure 23
  • the maximum number of overlapping candidate PDCCH pairs on the field is 1.
  • sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the equipment in the existing network architecture is used as an example for illustration (such as network equipment, terminal equipment, etc.). Not limited. For example, devices that can implement the same function in the future are applicable to this embodiment of the application.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the network equipment may also be implemented by components applicable to the network equipment; the methods and operations implemented by the terminal equipment may also be implemented by components applicable to the terminal equipment accomplish.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 19 and FIG. 21 .
  • the foregoing communication method is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network device and the terminal device. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the network device and the terminal device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the transmitting end device or the receiving end device according to the above method example, for example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module middle.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. In the following, description will be made by taking the division of each functional module corresponding to each function as an example.
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2400 includes a transceiver unit 2410 and a processing unit 2420.
  • the transceiver unit 2410 can implement a corresponding communication function, and the processing unit 2420 is used for data processing.
  • the transceiver unit 2410 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit, and when the transceiver unit 2410 realizes the function of acquiring information, it may also be called an acquisition unit.
  • the device 2400 may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 2420 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the aforementioned method embodiments .
  • a storage unit which may be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing unit 2420 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the aforementioned method embodiments .
  • the apparatus 2400 can be used to execute the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 2400 can be a network device or a component that can be configured in the network device, and the transceiver unit 2410 is used to execute the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 2420 is configured to perform processing-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
  • the device 2400 can also be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the device 2400 can be a terminal device or a component that can be configured in the terminal device, and the transceiver unit 2410 is used to perform the implementation of the above method.
  • the processing unit 2420 is configured to perform operations related to processing on the terminal device side in the above method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 2400 is configured to perform the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing unit 2420 is configured to determine first configuration information according to a preset rule, where the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for PDCCH repeated transmission and a candidate PDCCH for PDCCH independent transmission;
  • the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to send the first configuration information to the terminal device, wherein the preset rule includes that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs for PDCCH repeated transmission are the first three orthogonal frequency divisions of the time slot Multiplexing at least one OFDM symbol among the OFDM symbols, the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission satisfy the first condition.
  • the processing unit 2420 is configured to configure two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and a second candidate PDCCH for independent transmission of the PDCCH, the two candidates for repeated transmission of the PDCCH
  • the first PDCCH candidate among the PDCCH candidates satisfies the first condition with the second PDCCH candidate;
  • the transceiving unit 2410 is configured to respectively send downlink control information DCI for determining the two candidate PDCCHs for PDCCH repeated transmission and the second candidate PDCCH to the terminal equipment on the second candidate PDCCH.
  • the apparatus 2400 may implement the steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the network device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2400 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the network device in the method embodiment. Moreover, each unit in the apparatus 2400 and other operations and/or functions described above are respectively for realizing the corresponding process of the method embodiment in the network device in the method embodiment.
  • the transceiving unit 2410 can be used to perform the transceiving steps in the method, such as steps S1920 and S1930; the processing unit 2420 can be used to perform the processing steps in the method, such as step S1910.
  • the transceiving unit 2410 can be used to execute the transceiving steps in the method, such as steps S2110 and S2120; the processing unit 2420 can be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S2150.
  • the apparatus 2400 is configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to receive first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and two candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH Candidate PDCCH;
  • the processing unit 2420 is configured to, when the first configuration information satisfies the third condition, monitor a candidate PDCCH for PDCCH repeated transmission, and monitor a second candidate PDCCH for PDCCH independent transmission;
  • the third condition includes that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are time slots At least one OFDM symbol among the first three OFDM symbols, the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and the second candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition.
  • the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to receive first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and two candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH candidate PDCCH;
  • a processing unit 2420 configured to monitor the second candidate PDCCH
  • the processing unit 2420 is further configured to determine whether the DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies a second condition; if the DCI satisfies the second condition, the processing unit 2420 Determine a starting time domain position, where the starting time domain position is used to identify an OFDM symbol; in the case that the DCI does not meet the second condition, the processing unit 2420 uses the first candidate PDCCH for PDCCH retransmission and/or Or the time domain position of the third candidate PDCCH determines the start time domain position.
  • the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to receive first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and two candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH candidate PDCCH;
  • a processing unit 2420 configured to monitor the second candidate PDCCH
  • the processing unit 2420 is further configured to determine whether the DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies a second condition; in the case that the DCI satisfies the second condition, the processing unit 2420 according to the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located The time domain position of the time slot determines the initial time domain position, and the initial time domain position is used to identify an OFDM symbol; in the case that the DCI does not meet the second condition, the processing unit 2420 according to the position of the time slot where the DCI is located The temporal location determines the starting temporal location.
  • the apparatus 2400 may implement the steps or procedures corresponding to the execution of the terminal device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2400 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • each unit in the apparatus 2400 and other operations and/or functions described above are respectively for realizing the corresponding process of the method embodiment in the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the transceiving unit 2410 can be used to perform the transceiving steps in the method, such as steps S1920 and S1930; the processing unit 2420 can be used to perform the processing steps in the method, such as step S1940.
  • the transceiving unit 2410 can be used to execute the transceiving steps in the method, such as steps S2110 and S2120; the processing unit 2420 can be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as steps S2130 and S2140.
  • the processing unit 2420 in the above embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuits.
  • the transceiver unit 2410 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuits.
  • the storage unit can be realized by at least one memory.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a device 2500 .
  • the apparatus 2500 includes a processor 2510 and may further include one or more memories 2520 .
  • the processor 2510 is coupled with the memory 2520, and the memory 2520 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 2510 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory 2520, so that the methods in the above method embodiments be executed.
  • the apparatus 2500 includes one or more processors 2510 .
  • the memory 2520 may be integrated with the processor 2510, or set separately.
  • the apparatus 2500 may further include a transceiver 2530, and the transceiver 2530 is used for receiving and/or sending signals.
  • the processor 2510 is configured to control the transceiver 2530 to receive and/or send signals.
  • the apparatus 2500 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 2500 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiment are stored.
  • the computer program when executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments are stored.
  • the computer program when executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the computer implements the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the computer implements the method executed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the network device and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM can be used as an external cache.
  • RAM can include the following multiple forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM) , double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and Direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • Direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components
  • the memory storage module may be integrated in the processor.
  • memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to implement the solutions provided in this application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD) etc.
  • the aforementioned available medium may include But not limited to: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provides a communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device receives, from a network device, first configuration information configuring two candidate physical downlink control channels (PDCCH) for repeated PDCCH transmission and a candidate PDCCH for independent PDCCH transmission; and the terminal device monitors the candidate PDCCH for independent PDCCH transmission, and determines, according to whether monitored downlink control information (DCI) meets a condition, whether a starting time-domain position on which processing the DCI is based is based on a time-domain position of the candidate PDCCH for independent PDCCH transmission or a time-domain position of the candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission. The terminal device is prevented from only determining, according to the time-domain position of the candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission, the starting time-domain position, resulting in inconsistent understanding of the terminal device and the network device to the starting time-domain position on which processing the DCI is based.

Description

通信的方法和装置Communication method and device
本申请要求于2021年09月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111166325.3、申请名称为“通信的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application with application number 202111166325.3 and application title "Method and Device for Communication" submitted to the China Patent Office on September 30, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种通信的方法和装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
在第五代(5th generation，5G)标准推进过程中，对物理下行共享信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)重复传输场景下是否监听PDCCH独立传输进行了讨论，得出如下结论：During the advancement of the 5th generation (5G) standard, whether to monitor the independent transmission of PDCCH in the scenario of repeated transmission of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) was discussed, and the following conclusions were drawn:
当终端设备根据无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)参数配置确定一对关联的候选PDCCH(PDCCH candidate)中有一个与独立候选PDCCH(individual PDCCH candidate)满足1个用于监听的PDCCH candidate的条件，那么无论在这个重叠资源上监听到的下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)是通过PDCCH独立传输(individual PDCCH)的方式发送的还是通过PDCCH重复传输(linked PDCCH)的方式发送，终端设备都会按照linked PDCCH的发送方式进行理解。When the terminal device determines according to radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) parameter configuration that one of a pair of associated candidate PDCCH (PDCCH candidates) and an independent candidate PDCCH (individual PDCCH candidate) meet the condition of one PDCCH candidate for monitoring , then no matter whether the downlink control information (DCI) monitored on this overlapping resource is sent through PDCCH independent transmission (individual PDCCH) or through PDCCH repeated transmission (linked PDCCH), the terminal device will Understand it according to the transmission method of linked PDCCH.
在网络设备通过individual PDCCH的发送方式发送DCI格式2_0，或发送带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)切换DCI，或发送物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)映射方式A(PDSCH mapping type A)的PDSCH调度的情况下，终端设备按照linked PDCCH的发送方式对DCI进行处理，会导致终端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解不一致。The network device sends DCI format 2_0 through the transmission method of individual PDCCH, or sends bandwidth part (BWP) to switch DCI, or sends physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) mapping method A (PDSCH mapping type A) In the case of PDSCH scheduling, the terminal device processes the DCI according to the transmission mode of the linked PDCCH, which will cause the terminal device and the network device to have inconsistent understanding of the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信的方法和装置，以期统一终端设备和网络设备对于处理DCI所基于的起始时域位置的理解。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus, in order to unify the understanding of the terminal device and the network device on the starting time domain position on which DCI is processed.
第一方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该通信的方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application. For ease of description, the execution of the terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
该通信的方法包括：Methods of this communication include:
终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，该终端设备监听该第二候选PDCCH，该终端设备确 定在该第二候选PDCCH上监听到的下行控制信息DCI是否满足第二条件；在该DCI满足该第二条件的情况下，该终端设备根据该第二候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置；在该DCI不满足该第二条件的情况下，该终端设备根据该用于PDCCH重复传输的第一候选PDCCH和/或第三候选PDCCH的时域位置确定该起始时域位置，其中，该第一条件包括：该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI大小相同。The terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH; the two candidates for repeated transmission of the PDCCH The first candidate PDCCH among the candidate PDCCHs and the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission meet the first condition, the terminal device monitors the second candidate PDCCH, and the terminal device determines that the second candidate PDCCH is monitored on the second candidate PDCCH Whether the downlink control information DCI satisfies the second condition; if the DCI satisfies the second condition, the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH; if the DCI does not meet the second condition, the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the first candidate PDCCH and/or the third candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission, wherein the first condition includes: the first The time-frequency resources corresponding to the candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, and the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same , the DCI sizes corresponding to the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate are the same.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH与用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件的情况下，终端设备可以根据在第二候选PDCCH上监听到的DCI是否满足第二条件，选择确定处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置的方式，使得终端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解一致。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the terminal device can according to Whether the DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies the second condition, select a method for determining the initial time domain position based on which the DCI is processed, so that the terminal device and the network device are aware of the initial time domain position based on which the DCI is processed Understand the same.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第二条件包括以下至少一项：该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩、该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second condition includes at least one of the following: the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masked, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked, and the DCI The BWP index indicated by the BWP field in is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩时，该起始时域位置为PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2的第一起始正交频分多路复用OFDM符号，该第一起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH的结束OFDM符号的下一个OFDM符号；当该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同时，该起始时域位置为该激活的BWP切换处理时间的第二起始OFDM符号，该第二起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号，该第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号也可以理解为该第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的第一个OFDM符号；当该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A时，该起始时域位置为调度PDSCH的第三起始OFDM符号，该第三起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the CRC of the DCI is masked by SFI-RNTI, the starting time domain position is the first starting orthogonal frequency division of the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2 Multiplexing OFDM symbols, the first start OFDM symbol is the next OFDM symbol of the end OFDM symbol of the second candidate PDCCH; when the CRC of the DCI is masked by C-RNTI and the BWP indicated by the BWP field in the DCI When the index is different from the activated BWP index, the start time domain position is the second start OFDM symbol of the activated BWP switching processing time, and the second start OFDM symbol is the start of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located OFDM symbol, the starting OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located can also be understood as the first OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located; when the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked and the DCI When the time domain resource allocation field of indicates that the PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, the starting time domain position is the third starting OFDM symbol for scheduling PDSCH, and the third starting OFDM symbol is the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located The starting OFDM symbol of .
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置在第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，该第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号之外的OFDM符号。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, and the position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH The time domain positions are OFDM symbols other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first slot.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第二条件为协议预定义的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the second condition is predefined by the protocol.
第二方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该通信的方法可以由网络设备执行，或者，也可以由设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以网络设备执行为例进行说明。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit disposed in the network device, which is not limited in the present application. For ease of description, the implementation of a network device is taken as an example for description below.
该通信的方法包括：Methods of this communication include:
网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与用于PDCCH独立传输的 第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，该网络设备在该第二候选PDCCH上发送下行控制信息DCI，该网络设备确定该DCI是否满足第二条件；在该DCI满足该第二条件的情况下，该网络设备根据该第二候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置；在该DCI不满足该第二条件的情况下，该网络设备根据该用于PDCCH重复传输的第一候选PDCCH和/或第三候选PDCCH的时域位置确定该起始时域位置，其中，该第一条件包括：该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI大小相同。The network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH; the two candidates for the repeated transmission of the PDCCH The first candidate PDCCH among the candidate PDCCHs and the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission meet the first condition, the network device sends downlink control information DCI on the second candidate PDCCH, and the network device determines whether the DCI satisfies the first condition Two conditions: when the DCI satisfies the second condition, the network device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH; when the DCI does not meet the second condition, the network The device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain positions of the first candidate PDCCH and/or the third candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission, where the first condition includes: the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate The time-frequency resources corresponding to the PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, The DCI sizes corresponding to the second PDCCH candidates are the same.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH与用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件的情况下，网络设备可以根据在第二候选PDCCH上发送的DCI是否满足第二条件，选择确定处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置的方式，使得终端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解一致。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the network device can according to Whether the DCI sent on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies the second condition, select a method for determining the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed, so that the terminal device and the network device understand the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed unanimous.
结合第二方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第二条件包括以下至少一项：该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩、该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the second condition includes at least one of the following: the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masked, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked, and the DCI The BWP index indicated by the BWP field in is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，当该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩时，该起始时域位置为PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2的第一起始正交频分多路复用OFDM符号，该第一起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH的结束OFDM符号的下一个OFDM符号；当该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同时，该起始时域位置为该激活的BWP切换处理时间的第二起始OFDM符号，该第二起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号；当该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A时，该起始时域位置为调度PDSCH的第三起始OFDM符号，该第三起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, when the CRC of the DCI is masked by SFI-RNTI, the starting time domain position is the first starting orthogonal frequency division of the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2 Multiplexing OFDM symbols, the first start OFDM symbol is the next OFDM symbol of the end OFDM symbol of the second candidate PDCCH; when the CRC of the DCI is masked by C-RNTI and the BWP indicated by the BWP field in the DCI When the index is different from the activated BWP index, the start time domain position is the second start OFDM symbol of the activated BWP switching processing time, and the second start OFDM symbol is the start of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located OFDM symbol; when the CRC of the DCI is masked by C-RNTI and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A, the starting time domain position is the third starting OFDM for scheduling PDSCH symbol, the third initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置在第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，该第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号之外的OFDM符号。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, and the position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH The time domain positions are OFDM symbols other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first slot.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第二条件为协议预定义的。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the second condition is predefined by the protocol.
第三方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该通信的方法可以由网络设备执行，或者，也可以由设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以网络设备执行为例进行说明。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit disposed in the network device, which is not limited in the present application. For ease of description, the implementation of a network device is taken as an example for description below.
该通信的方法包括：Methods of this communication include:
网络设备根据预设规则确定第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；该网络设备向终端设备发送该第一配置信息，其中，该预设规则包括该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个正交频分多路复用OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与用于PDCCH独立 传输的第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，第一条件包括：该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的下行控制信息DCI大小相同。The network device determines first configuration information according to preset rules, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated PDCCH transmission and a candidate PDCCH for independent PDCCH transmission; the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device , wherein the preset rule includes that the time-domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, which is used for The first PDCCH candidate among the two PDCCH candidates for repeated PDCCH transmission, and the second PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission meet the first condition, and the first condition includes: the time corresponding to the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate The frequency resources are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH The downlink control information DCI corresponding to the PDCCH has the same size.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH与用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件的情况下，网络设备确定配置PDCCH的配置信息时，根据预设规则进行确定，以保证用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，从而使得终端设备在按照用于PDCCH重复传输的第三候选PDCCH的发送方式对DCI进行处理时，终端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解一致。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the network device determines the configuration When configuring the PDCCH information, it is determined according to the preset rules to ensure that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, so that the terminal device is in the When DCI is processed according to the transmission mode of the third PDCCH candidate for PDCCH repeated transmission, the terminal device and the network device have the same understanding of the starting time domain position on which the DCI is processed.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI包括以下至少一种：该DCI的格式为DCI格式2_0、该DCI中的部分带宽BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the DCI corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH includes at least one of the following: the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, and the BWP indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI The index is different from the activated BWP index, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI为DCI格式2_0、DCI中的部分带宽BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同或DCI中的时域资源分配域指示PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A等情况下，均能够统一端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解，表明本申请实施例提供的通信的方法应用广泛。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the DCI corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH is DCI format 2_0, the BWP index indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, or the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates When the PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, etc., both the end device and the network device can unify the understanding of the starting time domain position on which the DCI is processed, indicating that the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is widely used.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该网络设备向终端设备发送第二配置信息，该第二配置信息包括该第二候选PDCCH所属的搜索空间集合的配置信息，该第二配置信息用于指示该DCI的格式为DCI格式2_0、该DCI的格式为DCI格式1_1或该DCI的格式为DCI格式1_2。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: the network device sending second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information includes the search space set to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs. Configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate that the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_1, or the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_2.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该预设规则为协议预定义的。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the preset rule is predefined by a protocol.
第四方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该通信的方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application. For ease of description, the execution of the terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
该通信的方法包括：Methods of this communication include:
终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；当该第一配置信息满足第三条件时，该终端设备监听用于PDCCH重复传输的候选PDCCH，和/或该终端设备监听用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH；当该第一配置信息不满足该第三条件时，该终端设备确定该第一配置信息为错误配置信息，其中，该第三条件包括用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个正交频分多路复用OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与该第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，该第一条件包括：该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的控 制资源集合相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的下行控制信息DCI大小相同。The terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and a candidate PDCCH for independent transmission of the PDCCH; when the first configuration information meets the requirements of the first When the three conditions are met, the terminal device monitors the candidate PDCCH for PDCCH repeated transmission, and/or the terminal device monitors the second candidate PDCCH for PDCCH independent transmission; when the first configuration information does not meet the third condition, the The terminal device determines that the first configuration information is wrong configuration information, wherein the third condition includes that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are the first three OFDM times of the time slot. At least one OFDM symbol in the OFDM symbol, the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and the second candidate PDCCH meet a first condition, and the first condition includes: the first candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH The time-frequency resources corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first The size of downlink control information DCI corresponding to the candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH is the same.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH与用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件，且用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号的情况下，终端设备按照用于PDCCH重复传输的候选PDCCH的发送方式对DCI进行处理，使得终端设备在按照用于PDCCH重复传输的第三候选PDCCH的发送方式对DCI进行处理时，终端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解一致。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first candidate PDCCH among the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission satisfies the first condition, and the first candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission When the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, the terminal device processes the DCI according to the transmission method of the candidate PDCCH for repeated transmission of the PDCCH, so that the terminal device is in the When DCI is processed according to the transmission mode of the third PDCCH candidate for PDCCH repeated transmission, the terminal device and the network device have the same understanding of the starting time domain position on which the DCI is processed.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备确定第一配置信息为错误配置信息后，该方法还包括：该终端设备执行以下任意一项：不监听该第一候选PDCCH和/或不监听该第三候选PDCCH、不监听该第二候选PDCCH、只监听第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH、只监听第二候选PDCCH。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, after the terminal device determines that the first configuration information is incorrect configuration information, the method further includes: the terminal device performs any of the following: not listening to the first configuration information Candidate PDCCH and/or do not monitor the third PDCCH candidate, do not monitor the second PDCCH candidate, monitor only the first PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate, and monitor only the second PDCCH candidate.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在不满足第二条件的情况下，终端设备侧的行为可以有多种，增加方案的灵活性。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the second condition is not met, the behavior of the terminal device side can be various, which increases the flexibility of the solution.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI包括以下至少一种：该DCI的格式为DCI格式2_0、该DCI中的部分带宽BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the DCI corresponding to the second PDCCH candidate includes at least one of the following: the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, and the BWP indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI The index is different from the activated BWP index, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI为DCI格式2_0、DCI中的部分带宽BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同或DCI中的时域资源分配域指示PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A等情况下，均能够统一端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解，表明本申请实施例提供的通信的方法应用广泛。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the DCI corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH is DCI format 2_0, the BWP index indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, or the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates When the PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, etc., both the end device and the network device can unify the understanding of the starting time domain position on which the DCI is processed, indicating that the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is widely used.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息，该第二配置信息包括该第二候选PDCCH所属的搜索空间集合的配置信息，该第二配置信息用于指示该DCI的格式为DCI格式2_0、该DCI的格式为DCI格式1_1或该DCI的格式为DCI格式1_2。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information includes the search space to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs A set of configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_1, or the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_2.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该终端设备监听该DCI，确定该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同，和/或，该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device monitors the DCI, determines that the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, and/or, The time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A.
第五方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该通信的方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application. For ease of description, the execution of the terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
该通信的方法包括：Methods of this communication include:
终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH；该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与该第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，该终端设备监听该第二候选PDCCH，该终端设备确定在该第二候选 PDCCH上监听到的DCI是否满足第二条件；在该DCI满足该第二条件的情况下，该终端设备根据该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙的时域位置确定起始时域位置；在该DCI不满足该第二条件的情况下，该终端设备根据该DCI位于的时隙的时域位置确定该起始时域位置，该第一条件包括：该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的下行控制信息DCI大小相同。The terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and a second candidate PDCCH for independent transmission of the PDCCH; this is used for the repeated transmission of the PDCCH The first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs and the second candidate PDCCH meet the first condition, the terminal device monitors the second candidate PDCCH, and the terminal device determines whether the DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies The second condition: when the DCI satisfies the second condition, the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located; if the DCI does not meet the second condition condition, the terminal device determines the initial time-domain position according to the time-domain position of the time slot where the DCI is located, the first condition includes: the time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same , the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH correspond to The size of the downlink control information DCI is the same.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH与用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件的情况下，终端设备可以根据监听到的DCI是否满足第二条件，选择确定处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置的方式，使得终端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解一致。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the terminal device can according to Whether the monitored DCI satisfies the second condition, select a method for determining the initial time-domain position on which the DCI is processed, so that the terminal device and the network device have the same understanding on the initial time-domain position on which the DCI is processed.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第二条件包括以下至少一项：该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩、该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second condition includes at least one of the following: the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masked, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked, and the DCI The BWP index indicated by the BWP field in is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，当该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩时，该起始时域位置为该DCI指示时隙格式的第一起始时隙，该第一起始时隙为该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙；或者，当该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同，该起始时域位置为激活BWP切换处理时间的第四起始OFDM符号，该第四起始OFDM符号为该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，当该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A时，该起始时域位置为调度PDSCH的第二起始时隙，该第二起始时隙为该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, when the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masking, the starting time domain position is the first starting time slot of the DCI indicated time slot format, the The first starting time slot is the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located; or, when the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked and the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, the The starting time domain position is the fourth starting OFDM symbol of the activation BWP switching processing time, and the fourth starting OFDM symbol is the first OFDM symbol of the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located; or, when the DCI When the CRC is masked by C-RNTI and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, the starting time domain position is the second starting time slot for scheduling PDSCH, The second starting time slot is the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置在第一时隙的前三个正交频分多路复用OFDM符号中的至少一个，该第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号之外的OFDM符号。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one of the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, The time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is an OFDM symbol other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第二条件为协议预定义的。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the second condition is predefined by the protocol.
第六方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该通信的方法可以由网络设备执行，或者，也可以由设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以网络设备执行为例进行说明。In a sixth aspect, a communication method is provided, and the communication method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit provided in the network device, which is not limited in the present application. For ease of description, the implementation of a network device is taken as an example for description below.
该通信的方法包括：Methods of this communication include:
网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，该网络设备在该第二候选PDCCH上发送下行控制信息DCI，该网络设备确定该DCI是否满足第二条件；在该DCI满足该第二条件的情况下，该网络设备根据该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙的时域位置确定起始时域位置；在该DCI不满足该第二条件的情况下，该网络设备根据该DCI位于的时隙的时域位置确定该起始 时域位置，其中，该第一条件包括：该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、该第一候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI大小相同。The network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH; the two candidates for the repeated transmission of the PDCCH The first candidate PDCCH among the candidate PDCCHs and the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission meet the first condition, the network device sends downlink control information DCI on the second candidate PDCCH, and the network device determines whether the DCI satisfies the first condition Two conditions: when the DCI satisfies the second condition, the network device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located; if the DCI does not meet the second condition In the case of , the network device determines the initial time-domain position according to the time-domain position of the time slot where the DCI is located, wherein the first condition includes: time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH The same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH correspond to The DCI size is the same.
本申请实施例提供的通信的方法，在用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH与用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件的情况下，网络设备可以根据在第二候选PDCCH上发送的DCI是否满足第二条件，选择确定处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置的方式，使得终端设备和网络设备对于处理该DCI所基于的起始时域位置理解一致。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission and the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission meet the first condition, the network device can according to Whether the DCI sent on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies the second condition, select a method for determining the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed, so that the terminal device and the network device understand the initial time domain position on which the DCI is processed unanimous.
结合第六方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第二条件包括以下至少一项：该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩、该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the second condition includes at least one of the following: the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masked, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked, and the DCI The BWP index indicated by the BWP field in is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，当该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩时，该起始时域位置为PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2的第一起始正交频分多路复用OFDM符号，该第一起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH的结束OFDM符号的下一个OFDM符号；当该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同时，该起始时域位置为该激活的BWP切换处理时间的第二起始OFDM符号，该第二起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号；当该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A时，该起始时域位置为调度PDSCH的第三起始OFDM符号，该第三起始OFDM符号为该第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, when the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masking, the starting time domain position is the first starting orthogonal frequency division of the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2 Multiplexing OFDM symbols, the first start OFDM symbol is the next OFDM symbol of the end OFDM symbol of the second candidate PDCCH; when the CRC of the DCI is masked by C-RNTI and the BWP indicated by the BWP field in the DCI When the index is different from the activated BWP index, the start time domain position is the second start OFDM symbol of the activated BWP switching processing time, and the second start OFDM symbol is the start of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located OFDM symbol; when the CRC of the DCI is masked by C-RNTI and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A, the starting time domain position is the third starting OFDM for scheduling PDSCH symbol, the third initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置在第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，该第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号之外的OFDM符号。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, and the position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH The time domain positions are OFDM symbols other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first slot.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该第二条件为协议预定义的。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the second condition is predefined by the protocol.
第七方面，提供一种通信的装置，该通信的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第二方面、第三方面和第六方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device includes a processor configured to implement the functions of the network device in the methods described in the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect.
可选地，该通信的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第二方面、第三方面和第六方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。Optionally, the communication device may further include a memory coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the functions of the network device in the methods described in the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect.
在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第二方面、第三方面和第六方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。In one possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the network device in the methods described in the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect.
可选地，该通信的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该通信的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该通信的装置为网络设备时，该通信接口可以为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. When the communication device is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
在一种可能的设计中，该通信的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，In a possible design, the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface,
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，以使得该通信的装置实现上述第二方面、第三方面和第六方面描述的任一种方法；The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the communication device implements any one of the methods described in the second aspect, the third aspect, and the sixth aspect;
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信。The processor communicates with the outside through the communication interface.
可以理解，该外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是该装置以外的对象。It can be understood that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
在另一种可能的设计中，该通信的装置为芯片或芯片***。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片***上输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the communication device is a chip or a chip system. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, pins or related circuits on the chip or the chip system. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
第八方面，提供一种用于通信的装置，该用于通信的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第一方面、第四方面和第五方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。In an eighth aspect, an apparatus for communication is provided, and the apparatus for communication includes a processor configured to implement functions of the terminal device in the methods described in the first aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect.
可选地，该用于通信的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第一方面、第四方面和第五方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。Optionally, the device for communication may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement functions of the terminal device in the methods described in the first aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect.
在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第一方面、第四方面和第五方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。In one possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so as to realize the functions of the terminal device in the methods described in the first aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect.
可选地，该用于通信的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该用于通信的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该用于通信的装置为终端设备时，该通信接口可以为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the device for communication may further include a communication interface, which is used for the device for communication to communicate with other devices. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
在一种可能的设计中，该用于通信的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，In a possible design, the device for communication includes: a processor and a communication interface,
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；The processor communicates with the outside through the communication interface;
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，以使得该用于通信的装置实现上述第一方面、第四方面和第五方面描述的任一种方法。The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device for communication implements any one of the methods described in the first aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect.
可以理解，该外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是该装置以外的对象。It can be understood that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
在另一种可能的设计中，该用于通信的装置为芯片或芯片***。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片***上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the communication device is a chip or a chip system. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
第九方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
第十方面，本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
第十一方面，提供了一种通信***，包括第七方面所示的通信的装置和第八方面所示的用于通信的装置。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided, including the communication device in the seventh aspect and the communication device in the eighth aspect.
第十二方面，提供了一种芯片装置，包括处理电路，该处理电路用于从存储器中调用并运行程序，使得安装有该芯片装置的通信设备执行上述第一至第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, there is provided a chip device, including a processing circuit, the processing circuit is used to call and run a program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip device executes any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects Methods in Possible Implementations.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例适用的通信***100的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图2中的(a)至(d)是网络设备和终端设备之间通信方式的示意图。(a) to (d) in FIG. 2 are schematic diagrams of a communication manner between a network device and a terminal device.
图3是PDCCH重复传输的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of repeated transmission of the PDCCH.
图4是基于多点传输的PDCCH重复传输的示意图。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission based on multipoint transmission.
图5是两个SS set间的配置示意图。Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the configuration between two SS sets.
图6是一种PDCCH重复传输场景下调度时隙起始时域位置的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a starting time domain position of a scheduling slot in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
图7是一种PDCCH重复传输场景下PUSCH处理时间起始时域位置的示意图。Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a time domain position of a PUSCH processing time start in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
图8是一种PDCCH重复传输场景下CSI计算时间的示意图。Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of CSI calculation time in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
图9是一种PDCCH重复传输与PDCCH独立传输满足1次盲检的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission satisfying one blind detection.
图10是另一种PDCCH重复传输与PDCCH独立传输满足1次盲检的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission satisfying one blind detection.
图11是一种DCI格式2_0的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a DCI format 2_0.
图12是RRC配置的下行接收与动态指示的时隙格式冲突的示意图。Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a conflict between downlink reception configured by RRC and a dynamically indicated time slot format.
图13是RRC配置的上行发送与动态指示的时隙格式冲突的示意图。Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of conflict between uplink transmission configured by RRC and slot format dynamically indicated.
图14是BWP切换的示意图。Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of BWP switching.
图15是一种PDSCH调度方式为PDSCH映射方式A的示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of PDSCH mapping mode A as a PDSCH scheduling mode.
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种RRC配置的上行发送与动态指示的时隙格式冲突的示意图。Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of a conflict between uplink transmission of RRC configuration and a dynamically indicated time slot format according to an embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种指示激活BWP切换的DCI的示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating activation of a BWP handover provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种DCI指示PDSCH的映射类型A的示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating PDSCH mapping type A provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图20中的(a)和(b)是本申请实施例提供的一种PDCCH配置示意图。(a) and (b) in FIG. 20 are schematic diagrams of a PDCCH configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图21是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图22中的(a)和(b)是本申请实施例提供的另一种PDCCH配置示意图。(a) and (b) in FIG. 22 are schematic diagrams of another PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图23中的(a)至(c)为PDCCH检测时机上配置候选PDCCH的示意图。(a) to (c) in FIG. 23 are schematic diagrams of configuring candidate PDCCHs at PDCCH detection occasions.
图24是根据本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
图25是根据本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图。Fig. 25 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信***，例如：第五代(5th generation，5G)***或新无线(new radio，NR)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)***、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信***，如第六代移动通信***。本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信，车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)通信，机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信，机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)，以及物联网(internet of things，IoT)通信***或者其他通信***。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency Division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), etc. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine Type communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
为便于理解本申请实施例，首先以图1中示出的通信***为例详细说明本申请实施例适用的通信***。图1是本申请实施例适用的通信***100的示意图。如图1所示，该通信***100可以包括至少一个网络设备，例如图1所示的网络设备110；该通信***100还可以包括至少一个终端设备，例如图1所示的终端设备120。网络设备110与终端设备120可通过无线链路通信。各通信设备，如网络设备110和终端设备120，均可以配置多个天线。对于该通信***100中的每一个通信设备而言，所配置的多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。因此，该通信***100 中的各通信设备之间，如网络设备110与终端设备120之间，可通过多天线技术通信。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiment of the present application, first, the communication system shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example to describe in detail the communication system to which the embodiment of the present application applies. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 ; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 . The network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may communicate through a wireless link. Each communication device, such as the network device 110 and the terminal device 120, may be configured with multiple antennas. For each communication device in the communication system 100, the configured multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for sending signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. Therefore, the communication devices in the communication system 100, such as the network device 110 and the terminal device 120, may communicate through the multi-antenna technology.
作为示例而非限定，针对图1所示的场景中的网络设备和终端设备之间可以通过多种方式进行通信，如网络设备与终端设备之间通过点对点传输方式通信、网络设备与终端设备之间通过多跳(或者说中继(relay))传输方式通、多个网络设备和终端设备之间通过双连接(dual connectivity，DC)或多连接传输方式通等。如图2中的(a)至(d)所示，图2中的(a)至(d)是网络设备和终端设备之间通信方式的示意图。As an example and not a limitation, in the scenario shown in Figure 1, the network device and the terminal device can communicate in various ways, such as point-to-point communication between the network device and the terminal device, and communication between the network device and the terminal device. Communication between multiple hops (or relays) transmission methods, multiple network devices and terminal devices through dual connectivity (dual connectivity, DC) or multi-connection transmission methods, etc. As shown in (a) to (d) in FIG. 2 , (a) to (d) in FIG. 2 are schematic diagrams of a communication manner between a network device and a terminal device.
其中，图2中的(a)所示的为网络设备与终端设备之间点对点传输；图2中的(b)所示的为网络设备与终端设备之间多跳单连接传输；图2中的(c)所示的为网络设备与终端设备之间双连接传输；图2中的(d)所示的为网络设备与终端设备之间多跳多连接传输。Wherein, shown in (a) in Figure 2 is the point-to-point transmission between the network equipment and the terminal equipment; Shown in (b) in Figure 2 is the multi-hop single connection transmission between the network equipment and the terminal equipment; (c) shows the dual-connection transmission between the network device and the terminal device; (d) in FIG. 2 shows the multi-hop multi-connection transmission between the network device and the terminal device.
需要说明的是，图2只是示例性的，对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定，本申请实施例中对于网络设备和终端设备之间的通信方式不进行任何的限定。例如，网络设备和终端设备之间的传输可以是上行、下行、接入链路、回传(backhaul)链路或侧链路(Sidelink)等。It should be noted that FIG. 2 is only exemplary, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application, and the communication mode between the network device and the terminal device is not limited in any way in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the transmission between the network device and the terminal device may be an uplink, a downlink, an access link, a backhaul (backhaul) link, or a side link (Sidelink), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备(terminal equipment)可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiment of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal (user terminal), a user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal (terminal), wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), a Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolutions of public land mobile networks (public land mobile network, PLMN) The terminal device and the like are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the application, wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wear and developing wearable devices by applying wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
此外，在本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以是IoT***中的终端设备，IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分，其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接，从而实现人机互连，物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中，IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band，NB)技术，做到海量连接，深度覆盖，终端省电。In addition, in this embodiment of the application, the terminal device can also be the terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect items to the network through communication technology, so as to realize Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things. In the embodiment of the present application, the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrow band (NB) technology.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该设备包括但不限于：演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB，HeNB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit，BBU)，无线保真 (wireless fidelity，WIFI)***中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point，TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)等，还可以为5G，如，NR，***中的gNB，或，传输点(TRP或TP)，5G***中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元(BBU)，或，分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。The network device in this embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiver function for communicating with a terminal device. The equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC) , base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR , a gNB in the system, or, a transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or, it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, Such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), etc.
在一些部署中，gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如，CU负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外，可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network，RAN)中的网络设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network，CN)中的网络设备，本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and realizes the functions of radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, realizing the functions of the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer. The AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作***层，以及运行在操作***层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作***可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作***，例如，Linux操作***、Unix操作***、Android操作***、iOS操作***或windows操作***等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In this embodiment of the present application, a terminal device or a network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in a terminal device or a network device that can call a program and execute the program.
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于：磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application covers a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, or tape, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact disc (compact disc, CD), digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable storage medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
应理解，图1和图2是以网络设备与终端设备通信为例，简单说明本申请能够应用的一个通信场景，不对本申请可以应用的其他场景产生限制。It should be understood that Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 take the communication between a network device and a terminal device as an example to briefly describe a communication scenario applicable to the present application, and do not limit other applicable scenarios of the present application.
还应理解，图1和图2仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图，该通信***中还可以包括 其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备，图1和图2中未予以画出。It should also be understood that Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 are only simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding, and the communication system may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 .
例如，通信***中还可以包括用于管理终端设备以及网络设备配置的核心网设备，如，包括接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)网元等。For example, the communication system may also include core network equipment for managing terminal equipment and network equipment configuration, for example, including access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements, session management function (session management function (SMF) network element, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, etc.
图1和图2为本申请实施例适用的通信***，为了便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案，在以5G架构为基础介绍本申请实施例的方案之前，首先对本申请实施例可能涉及到的5G中的一些术语或概念进行简单描述。Figure 1 and Figure 2 are the communication systems applicable to the embodiments of the present application. In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, before introducing the solutions of the embodiments of the present application based on the 5G architecture, first of all, the possible related aspects of the embodiments of the present application A brief description of some terms or concepts in 5G.
1、物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)重复传输。1. Repeated transmission of the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH).
在NR Rel-17的讨论中，对于PDCCH重复传输(PDCCH repetition)有如下定义：编码或速率匹配操作是基于1个PDCCH重复传输，其他的PDCCH重复传输相同的编码比特，每次重复传输都是采用相同的聚合级别(aggregation level,AL)或相同的控制信道单元(control channel element，CCE)个数，重复传输相同的编码比特和相同的下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)负载信息(例如，DCI比特内容相同)，整体流程如图3所示，图3是PDCCH重复传输的示意图。In the discussion of NR Rel-17, the PDCCH repetition transmission (PDCCH repetition) has the following definition: the coding or rate matching operation is based on a PDCCH repetition transmission, and the other PDCCH repetition transmission is the same code bit, and each repetition transmission is Using the same aggregation level (aggregation level, AL) or the same number of control channel elements (control channel element, CCE), repeated transmission of the same coded bits and the same downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) load information (such as , the DCI bit content is the same), the overall process is shown in Figure 3, and Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission.
需要说明的是，图3只是为了便于理解本申请而提出的一种示意性流程图，PDCCH重复传输流程中可能还包含其他的功能模块，本申请对此不做限制。对于PDCCH重复传输的解释可以参考目前相关技术中的介绍。It should be noted that FIG. 3 is only a schematic flow chart proposed for the convenience of understanding the present application, and other functional modules may be included in the PDCCH repeated transmission process, which is not limited in the present application. For an explanation of the repeated transmission of the PDCCH, reference may be made to the introduction in the current related art.
具体地，图3中网格填充的框图表示PDCCH重复传输需要保证一样的地方。例如，DCI的负载比特一样、编码比特一样等。Specifically, the grid-filled block diagram in Fig. 3 indicates that the repeated transmission of the PDCCH needs to be guaranteed to be the same. For example, the payload bits and coding bits of the DCI are the same.
2、基于多点传输的PDCCH重复传输。2. PDCCH repeated transmission based on multipoint transmission.
可以利用多个传输和接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)(也可以称为站点)联合发送机制提升DCI传输的可靠性。具体的，对于同一个DCI信息比特(例如，信源)，经过上述编码方式形成编码比特后，由多个站点分别在不同的时频资源上发送，终端设备可以分别在上述时频资源上接收多份编码比特，然后进行联合解析操作获取DCI信息比特，例如，分别在不同的时频资源上做信道估计并对接收信号进行解调获取似然值进行合并。上述操作可以等价的理解为提升了传输的信噪比(signal-to-noise ratio,SNR)，从而提升可靠性。A joint transmission mechanism of multiple transmission and reception points (transmission and reception point, TRP) (also called a station) can be used to improve the reliability of DCI transmission. Specifically, for the same DCI information bit (for example, the information source), after the coded bits are formed by the above-mentioned coding method, they are sent by multiple stations on different time-frequency resources respectively, and the terminal equipment can respectively receive them on the above-mentioned time-frequency resources. Multiple coded bits, and then perform a joint analysis operation to obtain DCI information bits, for example, perform channel estimation on different time-frequency resources and demodulate received signals to obtain likelihood values for combination. The above operations can be equivalently understood as improving the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of transmission, thereby improving reliability.
如图4所示，图4是基于多点传输的PDCCH重复传输的示意图。如图4所示，TRP#1和TRP#2作为协作基站为一个终端设备服务。TRP#1下发的DCI对应控制资源集合#1(CORESET#1)，其中配置了第一准共址假设(quasi co-location assumption,QCL assumption)对应终端设备到TRP#1的信道特征；TRP#2下发的DCI对应CORESET#2，其中配置了第二QCL假设对应UE到TRP#2的信道特征。As shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission based on multipoint transmission. As shown in FIG. 4, TRP#1 and TRP#2 serve as a cooperative base station for a terminal device. The DCI delivered by TRP#1 corresponds to control resource set #1 (CORESET#1), in which the first quasi co-location assumption (quasi co-location assumption, QCL assumption) is configured to correspond to the channel characteristics of the terminal device to TRP#1; TRP The DCI delivered by #2 corresponds to CORESET#2, in which the second QCL is configured to assume that it corresponds to the channel characteristics from UE to TRP#2.
CORESET#1和CORESET#2可能配置完全或者部分重叠以提升DCI发送灵活性保证频选调度增益。CORESET#1和CORESET#2上分别下发的2个DCI分别承载在2个候选PDCCH(PDCCH candidates)上，这两个候选PDCCH所属的搜索空间集合存在关联关系(linkage或linked)，即终端设备可以执行上述合并操作。3、CORESET关联的PDCCH。 CORESET#1 and CORESET#2 may be configured to completely or partially overlap to improve DCI transmission flexibility and ensure frequency-selective scheduling gain. The two DCIs delivered by CORESET#1 and CORESET#2 are respectively carried on two candidate PDCCHs (PDCCH candidates), and the search space sets to which the two candidate PDCCHs belong have an association relationship (linkage or linked), that is, the terminal device The merge operation described above can be performed. 3. The PDCCH associated with the CORESET.
由上述的基于多点传输的PDCCH重复传输可知，两个CORESET上分别下发的2个DCI分别承载在2个候选PDCCH上。进一步的，需要定义两个CORESET分别关联的候 选PDCCH之间的关联关系，以防止终端设备执行过多的合并操作，从而降低终端设备复杂度。It can be seen from the above PDCCH repeated transmission based on multipoint transmission that the two DCIs delivered by the two CORESETs are respectively carried on the two candidate PDCCHs. Further, it is necessary to define an association relationship between candidate PDCCHs associated with two CORESETs, so as to prevent the terminal device from performing too many combining operations, thereby reducing the complexity of the terminal device.
对于PDCCH重复传输，目前协议支持1个搜索空间集合(search space Set，SS set)内的所有候选PDCCH都用于PDCCH重复传输，不包含发送独立PDCCH的候选PDCCH。如图5所示，图5是两个SS set间的配置示意图。基站在用于PDCCH重复传输的两个SS set上通过RRC参数配置关联关系(linkage)，即SS set#i和SS set#j可以称之为关联SS set(linked SS set)。来自具有关联关系的两个SS set的两个候选PDCCH也具有关联关系，例如第一PDCCH candidate属于SS set1，第二PDCCH candidate属于SS set2，基站通过高层信令配置SS set1和SS set2具有关联关系，即SS set1和SS set2用于PDCCH重复传输，那么根据预定义规则可以确定第一PDCCH candidate和第二PDCCH candidate是具有关联关系的两个PDCCH candidate，可以称之为关联的PDCCH candidate(linked PDCCH candidate)。可以理解，两个PDCCH candidate的关联关系体现在所属SS set的配置关系上，即基站通过高层信令配置SS set1和SS set2具有关联关系。用于PDCCH重复传输的候选PDCCH分属于两个SS set的2个候选PDCCH。假设1个SS set#i包含聚集级别AL4和AL8，分别对应的候选PDCCH个数为4个和2个。根据PDCCH重复传输的定义，那么AL4的PDCCH重复传输只能通过两个AL4的候选PDCCH来实现，而不能是1个AL4的候选PDCCH和1个AL8的候选PDCCH。因此，假设存在某种预定义的PDCCH重复传输映射关系，可以得到图5中所示的关联关系。对于AL8而言，SS set#i的候选PDCCH索引1与SS set#j的候选PDCCH索引1一起进行PDCCH重复传输，SS set#i的候选PDCCH索引2与SS set#j的候选PDCCH索引2一起进行PDCCH重复传输，分别称之为linked PDCCH candidates。对于AL16而言，SS set#i的候选PDCCH索引1与SS set#j的候选PDCCH索引1一起进行PDCCH重复传输。从上述两个子场景可以看出，1个SS set内的所有候选PDCCH都是用于PDCCH重复传输的，而不包含用于发送独立PDCCH的候选PDCCH。如果基站要发送独立PDCCH，只能通过配置其他SS set来实现，例如配置SS set#k。For PDCCH repeated transmission, the current protocol supports that all candidate PDCCHs in a search space set (search space Set, SS set) are used for PDCCH repeated transmission, excluding candidate PDCCHs that send independent PDCCHs. As shown in Figure 5, Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the configuration between two SS sets. The base station configures the linkage relationship (linkage) through RRC parameters on the two SS sets used for PDCCH repeated transmission, that is, SS set #i and SS set #j can be called linked SS sets (linked SS sets). Two candidate PDCCHs from two SS sets with an association relationship also have an association relationship. For example, the first PDCCH candidate belongs to SS set1, and the second PDCCH candidate belongs to SS set2. The base station configures SS set1 and SS set2 to have an association relationship through high-level signaling , that is, SS set1 and SS set2 are used for PDCCH repeated transmission, then according to the predefined rules, it can be determined that the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate are two PDCCH candidates with an associated relationship, which can be called associated PDCCH candidates (linked PDCCH candidate). It can be understood that the association relationship between the two PDCCH candidates is reflected in the configuration relationship of the SS sets they belong to, that is, the base station configures SS set1 and SS set2 to have an association relationship through high-level signaling. The candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission belong to two candidate PDCCHs of two SS sets. Assume that one SS set#i includes aggregation levels AL4 and AL8, and the corresponding numbers of candidate PDCCHs are 4 and 2 respectively. According to the definition of PDCCH retransmission, the PDCCH retransmission of AL4 can only be realized through two AL4 candidate PDCCHs, instead of one AL4 candidate PDCCH and one AL8 candidate PDCCH. Therefore, assuming that there is a predefined PDCCH retransmission mapping relationship, the association relationship shown in FIG. 5 can be obtained. For AL8, candidate PDCCH index 1 of SS set#i and candidate PDCCH index 1 of SS set#j perform PDCCH repeated transmission together, candidate PDCCH index 2 of SS set#i and candidate PDCCH index 2 of SS set#j together The repeated transmission of PDCCH is called linked PDCCH candidates respectively. For AL16, candidate PDCCH index 1 of SS set#i and candidate PDCCH index 1 of SS set#j perform PDCCH retransmission together. It can be seen from the above two sub-scenarios that all candidate PDCCHs in one SS set are used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and do not include candidate PDCCHs used to send independent PDCCHs. If the base station wants to send an independent PDCCH, it can only be realized by configuring other SS sets, such as configuring SS set#k.
4、1个用于监听的PDCCH candidate。4. One PDCCH candidate for monitoring.
3gpp通信协议TS38.213中规定了1个PDCCH candidate是否计为1次盲检的计算规则(还可以称做count one操作)，“1次盲检”在协议中还可以叫做“1个用于监听的PDCCH candidate”。The 3gpp communication protocol TS38.213 stipulates whether a PDCCH candidate is counted as a calculation rule for one blind detection (also called a count one operation), and "one blind detection" can also be called "one for The monitored PDCCH candidate".
如果第一PDCCH candidate和第二PDCCH candidate满足以下4个条件(也可以理解为第一PDCCH candidate和第二PDCCH candidate满足计为1次盲检的条件)：If the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate meet the following four conditions (it can also be understood that the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate meet the conditions counted as one blind detection):
·条件一：相同的聚集级别以及相同的起始CCE位置(也可以理解为相同的时频资源，也可以理解为第一PDCCH candidate的CCE集合和第二PDCCH candidate的CCE集合相同)；·Condition 1: the same aggregation level and the same starting CCE position (it can also be understood as the same time-frequency resource, and can also be understood as the CCE set of the first PDCCH candidate is the same as the CCE set of the second PDCCH candidate);
·条件二：相同的扰码序列(scrambling sequence)；也就是说，上述两个候选PDCCH使用的扰码序列相同。这个扰码序列是加绕在DCI的比特序列上的。扰码序列的初始化序列与搜素空间集合类型、CORESET等配置参数有关。·Condition 2: the same scrambling sequence (scrambling sequence); that is, the scrambling sequences used by the above two candidate PDCCHs are the same. This scrambling code sequence is added around the bit sequence of the DCI. The initialization sequence of the scrambling code sequence is related to configuration parameters such as search space set type and CORESET.
·条件三：相同的CORESET；上述两个PDCCH candidate所属SS set分别关联的CORESET相同。例如，候选PDCCH1属于SS set1，候选PDCCH2属于SS set2，SS set1 关联了CORESET1，SS set2关联了CORESET1。SS set1和SS set2关联了相同的CORESET，即CORESET1。或者，也可以理解为，候选PDCCH1和候选PDCCH2对应的CORESET相同。·Condition 3: the same CORESET; the CORESETs associated with the SS sets to which the above two PDCCH candidates belong are the same. For example, candidate PDCCH1 belongs to SS set1, candidate PDCCH2 belongs to SS set2, SS set1 is associated with CORESET1, and SS set2 is associated with CORESET1. SS set1 and SS set2 are associated with the same CORESET, namely CORESET1. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the CORESETs corresponding to the candidate PDCCH1 and the candidate PDCCH2 are the same.
·条件四：相同的DCI大小。以PDCCH candidate1和PDCCH candidate2为例，PDCCH candidate1属于SS set1，PDCCH candidate2属于SS set2。SS set1关联的DCI格式(format)对应的载荷大小(size)和SS set2关联的DCI格式对应的载荷大小相同。SS set关联的DCI格式可以通过网络设备配置的RRC参数确定，即网络设备通过RRC参数配置一个SS set的配置信息。其中，SS set的配置信息还包括需要监听的DCI格式。·Condition 4: the same DCI size. Taking PDCCH candidate1 and PDCCH candidate2 as examples, PDCCH candidate1 belongs to SS set1, and PDCCH candidate2 belongs to SS set2. The payload size (size) corresponding to the DCI format (format) associated with SS set1 is the same as the payload size (size) corresponding to the DCI format associated with SS set2. The DCI format associated with the SS set can be determined through the RRC parameters configured by the network device, that is, the network device configures the configuration information of an SS set through the RRC parameters. Among them, the configuration information of the SS set also includes the DCI format to be monitored.
则这两个PDCCH candidate可以计数为1次盲检，或者说这两个PDCCH candidate计数为1个用于监听的PDCCH candidate，或者说第一PDCCH candidate或第二PDCCH candidate不计数为用于监听的PDCCH candidate；Then these two PDCCH candidates can be counted as one blind detection, or these two PDCCH candidates can be counted as one PDCCH candidate for monitoring, or the first PDCCH candidate or the second PDCCH candidate can not be counted as one for monitoring PDCCH candidate;
如果这两个PDCCH candidate不满足上述条件中的至少一个条件，则这两个PDCCH candidate不计数为1次盲检，或者说这两个PDCCH candidate不计数为1个用于监听的PDCCH candidate，或者说第一PDCCH candidate和第二PDCCH candidate分别计数为1个用于监听的PDCCH candidate。If the two PDCCH candidates do not meet at least one of the above conditions, the two PDCCH candidates are not counted as 1 blind detection, or the two PDCCH candidates are not counted as 1 PDCCH candidate for monitoring, or It is said that the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH candidate are respectively counted as one PDCCH candidate for monitoring.
5、PDCCH重复传输起始时域位置(或者称为参考点、参考时间、基准基于位置等)。5. The time-domain position (or referred to as reference point, reference time, reference-based position, etc.) of the start time domain of PDCCH repeated transmission.
对于PDCCH独立传输(individual PDCCH)，以检测到PDCCH的PDCCH candidate作为起始时域位置。而对于PDCCH重复传输，两个linked PDCCH candidate上发送相同的PDCCH，终端设备可能只在第一个PDCCH candidate上监听到PDCCH，也可能只在第二个PDCCH candidate上监听到PDCCH，或者终端设备可能在两个PDCCH candidate上都监听到PDCCH，这个时候起始时域位置的选择是以前一个PDCCH candidate为参考还是后一个PDCCH candidate为参考是一个问题，这个PDCCH candidate就称之为reference PDCCH candidate。目前协议有如下的规定：For PDCCH independent transmission (individual PDCCH), the PDCCH candidate where the PDCCH is detected is used as the starting time domain position. For PDCCH repeated transmission, the same PDCCH is sent on two linked PDCCH candidates, the terminal device may only monitor the PDCCH on the first PDCCH candidate, or it may only monitor the PDCCH on the second PDCCH candidate, or the terminal device may PDCCH is monitored on both PDCCH candidates. At this time, it is a problem to choose the initial time domain position whether to use the previous PDCCH candidate as a reference or the latter PDCCH candidate as a reference. This PDCCH candidate is called a reference PDCCH candidate. The current agreement has the following provisions:
一、在时域上，可以规定以结束时间较晚的候选PDCCH作为参考候选PDCCH：1. In the time domain, it can be specified that the candidate PDCCH with a later end time is used as the reference candidate PDCCH:
如图6所示，图6是一种PDCCH重复传输场景下调度时隙起始时域位置的示意图。As shown in FIG. 6 , FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a starting time domain position of a scheduling slot in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
调度时隙K0：确定在哪个时隙接收调度的物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)或信道状态指示参考信号(channel state indication reference signal，CSI-RS)。Scheduling time slot K0: determine in which time slot to receive the scheduled physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) or channel state indication reference signal (channel state indication reference signal, CSI-RS).
如图7所示，图7是一种PDCCH重复传输场景下物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)处理时间起始时域位置的示意图。As shown in FIG. 7 , FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a time-domain position of a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) processing time start in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2：终端设备根据网络设备发送的下行控制信息DCI准备待发送的上行数据(例如，PUSCH)的准备时间，所述DCI是网络设备发送的用于进行上行调度的DCI。终端设备也可以通过Tproc,2确定上行调度DCI是否符合协议规定。Tproc,2可以通过N2确定，或者通过N2与其他参数联合确定，例如"N2"+d_2,1，或d_2,2。其中，参数d_2,1和参数d_2,2是协议TS38.214的6.4节中预定义的参数。参数N2是基于终端设备工作的带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing，SCS)和/或终端设备上报的能力信息确定。PUSCH processing time Tproc,2: the preparation time for the terminal device to prepare uplink data (for example, PUSCH) to be sent according to the downlink control information DCI sent by the network device. The DCI is the DCI sent by the network device for uplink scheduling. The terminal device can also determine whether the uplink scheduling DCI complies with the protocol through Tproc,2. Tproc,2 can be determined by N2, or jointly determined by N2 and other parameters, such as "N2"+d_2,1, or d_2,2. Wherein, parameter d_2,1 and parameter d_2,2 are predefined parameters in section 6.4 of the protocol TS38.214. The parameter N2 is determined based on the subcarrier spacing (subcarrier spacing, SCS) of the bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP) in which the terminal device works and/or the capability information reported by the terminal device.
如图8所示，图8是一种PDCCH重复传输场景下CSI计算时间的示意图。As shown in FIG. 8 , FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of CSI calculation time in a PDCCH repeated transmission scenario.
CSI计算时间Z：限制基站调度用于CSI上报的PUSCH不能早于Z符号。终端设备 在Z符号内处理DCI，接收CSI-RS并处理，上行数据准备等。CSI calculation time Z: The PUSCH scheduled by the base station for CSI reporting cannot be earlier than Z symbols. Terminal equipment processes DCI in Z symbols, receives and processes CSI-RS, prepares uplink data, etc.
二、在时域上，以PDCCH监听时机较早的候选PDCCH作为参考候选PDCCH：2. In the time domain, the candidate PDCCH with the earlier PDCCH monitoring opportunity is used as the reference candidate PDCCH:
确定DCI中计数下行分配指示(counter downlink assignment indicator，C-DAI)或总共下行分配指示(total downlink assignment indicator，T-DAI)值。DCI1A和DCI1B都调度PDSCH#1，那么这个PDSCH对应的混合自动重传请求应答(hybrid automatic repeat-request acknowledgement，HARQ-ACK)在码本中的位置是由DCI中的C-DAI或T-DAI值确定的。用较早的PDCCH监听时机(PDCCH monitoring occasion,PDCCH MO)确定，即DCI1A，第一个PDCCH MO中基站一共调度2个DCI，那么T-DAI＝2，而DCI1A是载波单元(carrier component，CC)索引最小的DCI，那么C-DAI＝1，即DCI中调度的PDSCH1对应的(C-DAI,T-DAI)＝(1,2)。Determine a count downlink assignment indicator (C-DAI) or a total downlink assignment indicator (T-DAI) value in the DCI. Both DCI1A and DCI1B schedule PDSCH#1, then the position of the hybrid automatic repeat-request acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) corresponding to this PDSCH in the codebook is determined by C-DAI or T-DAI in DCI The value is determined. Determined by the earlier PDCCH monitoring occasion (PDCCH MO), that is, DCI1A, the base station in the first PDCCH MO schedules 2 DCIs in total, then T-DAI=2, and DCI1A is the carrier component (CC ) with the smallest DCI index, then C-DAI=1, that is, (C-DAI, T-DAI)=(1,2) corresponding to the PDSCH1 scheduled in the DCI.
6、起始时域位置模糊场景。6. The initial time domain position blur scene.
目前标准的PDCCH重复传输与PDCCH独立传输的起始时域位置模糊场景如图9所示，图9是一种PDCCH重复传输与PDCCH独立传输满足1次盲检的示意图。第一PDCCH candidate和第三PDCCH candidate是一对用于PDCCH重复传输的PDCCH candidate，也可以称为一对linked PDCCH candidate；第二PDCCH candidate为用于PDCCH独立传输的PDCCH candidate。The current standard PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission start time domain position ambiguity scene is shown in Figure 9, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission satisfying one blind detection. The first PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate are a pair of PDCCH candidates used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and may also be called a pair of linked PDCCH candidates; the second PDCCH candidate is a PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission.
其中，第二PDCCH candidate与第三PDCCH candidate满足count one的条件，即第二PDCCH candidate与第三PDCCH candidate计数为1个用于监听PDCCH的PDCCH candidate。终端设备在第二PDCCH candidate或第三PDCCH candidate对应的时频资源上进行一次译码，再分别根据第二PDCCH candidate和第三PDCCH candidate对应的DCI格式配置对应的RNTI进行CRC校验。图9中第二PDCCH candidate和第三PDCCH candidate满足count one条件，一对用于PDCCH重复传输的PDCCH candidate中，第一PDCCH candidate的起始正交频分多路复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号早于第三PDCCH candidate。Wherein, the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate meet the condition of count one, that is, the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate count as one PDCCH candidate for monitoring the PDCCH. The terminal device performs a decoding on the time-frequency resource corresponding to the second PDCCH candidate or the third PDCCH candidate, and then configures the corresponding RNTI according to the DCI format corresponding to the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate to perform CRC check. In Figure 9, the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate satisfy the count one condition, and in a pair of PDCCH candidates used for PDCCH repeated transmission, the initial orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) of the first PDCCH candidate, OFDM) symbol is earlier than the third PDCCH candidate.
具体地，本申请中用于PDCCH独立传输的PDCCH candidate不限于与一对linked PDCCH candidate中起始OFDM符号较晚的PDCCH candidate满足count one，也可以与其中起始OFDM符号较早的PDCCH candidate满足count one，如图10所示，图10是另一种PDCCH重复传输与PDCCH独立传输满足1次盲检的示意图。第二PDCCH candidate也可以与第一PDCCH candidate满足count one条件。Specifically, the PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission in this application is not limited to satisfying count one with the PDCCH candidate whose starting OFDM symbol is later in a pair of linked PDCCH candidates, and can also satisfy count one with the PDCCH candidate whose starting OFDM symbol is earlier. count one, as shown in Figure 10, Figure 10 is another schematic diagram of PDCCH repeated transmission and PDCCH independent transmission satisfying one blind detection. The second PDCCH candidate may also satisfy the count one condition with the first PDCCH candidate.
由于上述场景中，终端设备通过译码并不能够完全确定检测到的PDCCH是通过PDCCH重复传输发送的，还是通过PDCCH独立传输发送的，进而影响到后续调度起始时域位置的问题。In the above scenario, the terminal device cannot fully determine whether the detected PDCCH is transmitted through repeated PDCCH transmission or independent transmission through PDCCH through decoding, which affects the starting time domain position of subsequent scheduling.
示例性地，如图10所示的场景中，终端设备无法确定检测到的PDCCH是基站通过PDCCH重复传输发送给终端设备的还是通过PDCCH独立传输发送给终端设备的。假设基站是通过PDCCH重复传输发送给终端设备的，但是终端设备确定成是通过PDCCH独立传输发送给终端设备的，那么基站和终端设备对起始时域位置定义可能不同。例如，基站对起始时域位置定义为：基于PDCCH重复传输方式确定，K0，N2，Z的起始时域位置应该是起始OFDM符号较晚的PDCCH candidate，即第二PDCCH candidate。而终端设备对起始时域位置定义为：PDCCH独立传输，那么K0,N2,Z和(c-DAI,t-DAI)的起始时域 位置是第三PDCCH candidate，这样会造成后续数据传输的失败。Exemplarily, in the scenario shown in FIG. 10 , the terminal device cannot determine whether the detected PDCCH is sent to the terminal device by the base station through PDCCH repeated transmission or through PDCCH independent transmission. Assuming that the base station transmits to the terminal device repeatedly through the PDCCH, but the terminal device determines that the transmission is sent to the terminal device through the PDCCH independent transmission, then the base station and the terminal device may define different starting time domain positions. For example, the base station defines the starting time domain position as: determined based on the PDCCH repeated transmission method, the starting time domain positions of K0, N2, and Z should be the PDCCH candidate whose starting OFDM symbol is later, that is, the second PDCCH candidate. The terminal device defines the initial time domain position as: PDCCH independent transmission, then the initial time domain position of K0, N2, Z and (c-DAI, t-DAI) is the third PDCCH candidate, which will cause subsequent data transmission s failure.
针对上述场景，标准会议经过讨论定义，只要终端设备通过高层参数配置确定是如图9和图10所示的场景，检测到的PDCCH不管是基站通过PDCCH重复传输的还是通过PDCCH独立传输的，起始时域位置一律按照PDCCH重复传输中定义的方式来确定。即在上述例子中，即使终端设备确定错误，但PDCCH调度相关的起始时域位置(例如，K0,N2,Z,(c-DAI,t-DAI)等等)都是按照PDCCH重复传输的方式来定义，这样基站和终端设备对于这种起始时域位置模糊场景的理解保持一致，以保证正确地进行数据传输。For the above scenarios, the standard meeting has been discussed and defined. As long as the terminal equipment determines through the high-level parameter configuration that it is the scenario shown in Figure 9 and Figure 10, no matter whether the detected PDCCH is repeatedly transmitted by the base station through the PDCCH or independently transmitted through the PDCCH, the The starting time domain position is always determined according to the method defined in the PDCCH repeated transmission. That is, in the above example, even if the terminal equipment determines the error, the starting time domain positions related to PDCCH scheduling (for example, K0, N2, Z, (c-DAI, t-DAI), etc.) are all transmitted according to PDCCH repetition In this way, the base station and the terminal equipment have the same understanding of the initial time-domain position ambiguity scene, so as to ensure correct data transmission.
7、DCI格式2_0。7. DCI format 2_0.
Rel-15协议定义了一种DCI格式2_0，用于动态指示时隙格式(slot format)。时隙格式包含下行符号(downlink symbol)，上行符号(uplink symbol)和灵活符号(flexible symbol)。终端设备在下行符号上进行数据接收，在上行符号上进行数据发送，在灵活符号上进行数据发送或进行数据传输，具体行为取决于DCI格式2_0的动态指示，以及协议预定义的优先级规则来确定。The Rel-15 protocol defines a DCI format 2_0, which is used to dynamically indicate the slot format (slot format). The slot format includes downlink symbol, uplink symbol and flexible symbol. The terminal device performs data reception on downlink symbols, data transmission on uplink symbols, and data transmission or data transmission on flexible symbols. The specific behavior depends on the dynamic indication of DCI format 2_0 and the predefined priority rules of the protocol. Sure.
具体地，时隙格式可以通过网络设备半静态配置和/或DCI动态指示来确定，其中，网络设备半静态配置又可以分为小区级别配置(cell-specific configuration)和UE级别配置(UE-specific configuration)。如图11所示，图11是一种DCI格式2_0的示意图。Specifically, the time slot format can be determined through semi-static configuration of network equipment and/or DCI dynamic indication, wherein semi-static configuration of network equipment can be further divided into cell-specific configuration and UE-specific configuration. configuration). As shown in FIG. 11 , FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a DCI format 2_0.
协议规定一个DCI格式2_0的监听时机位于一个时隙的前三符号内，即网络设备如果要给一个终端设备发送DCI格式2_0，可以在1个时隙的前三符号发送。DCI格式2_0指示的时隙格式的生效起始时间为终端设备监听到1个DCI格式2_0所在时隙的起始符号，具体指示的时间范围取决于DCI格式2_0指示的内容决定的，指示的时间范围可以与网络设备半静态配置的时隙格式重叠，也可以与其他DCI格式2_0指示的时间范围部分重叠，但指示的时隙格式不会与网络设备半静态配置的时隙格式冲突，也不会与其他DCI格式2_0指示的时隙格式冲突。The protocol stipulates that the monitoring timing of a DCI format 2_0 is within the first three symbols of a time slot, that is, if a network device wants to send DCI format 2_0 to a terminal device, it can send it in the first three symbols of a time slot. The effective start time of the time slot format indicated by DCI format 2_0 is the start symbol of the time slot where the terminal device listens to a DCI format 2_0. The specific indicated time range depends on the content indicated by DCI format 2_0. The indicated time The range can overlap with the semi-statically configured time slot format of the network device, or partially overlap with the time range indicated by other DCI format 2_0, but the indicated time slot format will not conflict with the semi-statically configured time slot format of the network device, nor It will conflict with the slot format indicated by other DCI format 2_0.
8、时隙格式与半静态配置的传输冲突解决机制。8. Time slot format and transmission conflict resolution mechanism for semi-static configuration.
网络设备会通过高层参数(例如，RRC参数)半静态地配置终端设备进行上下行传输。半静态配置的上下行传输包括两大类：即RRC配置的下行接收和RRC配置的上行发送。其中，RRC配置的下行接收包括但不限于如下信号：The network device semi-statically configures the terminal device to perform uplink and downlink transmission through high-level parameters (for example, RRC parameters). The uplink and downlink transmissions configured semi-statically include two categories: downlink reception configured by RRC and uplink transmission configured by RRC. Among them, the downlink reception configured by RRC includes but not limited to the following signals:
用于信道状态信息(Channel state information，CSI)上报的周期性(periodic，p-)信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-reference signal，CSI-RS)，用于CSI上报的半持续性(semi-persistent，sp-)CSI-RS。Periodic (periodic, p-) channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-reference signal, CSI-RS) for channel state information (Channel state information, CSI) reporting, semi-persistent (semi-persistent) for CSI reporting -persistent, sp-) CSI-RS.
RRC配置的上行发送包括但不限于如下信号：The uplink transmission of RRC configuration includes but not limited to the following signals:
周期性CSI上报，周期性或半持续性探测参考信号(periodic/semi-persistent Sounding reference signal，SRS)，物理随机接入信道上的信号(Physical Random Access Channel，PRACH)，类型1或类型2配置的调度信号(type 1/type 2 configured scheduling)等等。Periodic CSI reporting, periodic or semi-persistent Sounding reference signal (periodic/semi-persistent Sounding reference signal, SRS), signal on the physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH), type 1 or type 2 configuration The scheduling signal (type 1/type 2 configured scheduling) and so on.
当RRC配置的传输与动态指示的时隙格式冲突时，即RRC配置的下行接收与动态指示的上行符号冲突或RRC配置的上行发送与动态指示的下行符号冲突，根据协议预定义的规则取消响应的接收或者发送。如图12所示，图12是RRC配置的下行接收与动态指示的时隙格式冲突的示意图。When the transmission configured by RRC conflicts with the slot format indicated dynamically, that is, the downlink reception configured by RRC collides with the uplink symbols indicated dynamically or the uplink transmission configured by RRC conflicts with the downlink symbols indicated dynamically, the response is canceled according to the predefined rules of the protocol receiving or sending. As shown in FIG. 12 , FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of conflict between downlink reception configured by RRC and slot format dynamically indicated.
终端设备在1个时隙的前三符号监听DCI格式2_0，该DCI格式2_0动态指示了本 时隙的时隙格式前三符号是下行符号，第4符号是灵活符号，从第5符号到第14符号都是上行符号。而RRC配置的下行接收周期性CSI-RS在第7符号，但动态指示第7符号的时隙格式为上行符号，上下行冲突了，此时根据协议预定义的规则，周期性CSI-RS与DCI格式2_0动态指示的时隙格式在相同时隙冲突，则UE取消接收这个周期性CSI-RS。所述相同时隙是DCI格式2_0与周期性CSI-RS在同一时隙，这是说明了最早生效的时间是同时隙。The terminal device monitors DCI format 2_0 in the first three symbols of a time slot. The DCI format 2_0 dynamically indicates that the first three symbols of the slot format of this time slot are downlink symbols, and the fourth symbol is a flexible symbol. From the fifth symbol to the first 14 symbols are all ascending symbols. However, the downlink received periodic CSI-RS configured by RRC is in the 7th symbol, but the time slot format of the 7th symbol is dynamically indicated as the uplink symbol, and the uplink and downlink conflict. At this time, according to the predefined rules of the protocol, the periodic CSI-RS and If the slot format dynamically indicated by DCI format 2_0 conflicts in the same slot, the UE cancels receiving the periodic CSI-RS. The same time slot is that the DCI format 2_0 and the periodic CSI-RS are in the same time slot, which means that the earliest effective time is the same time slot.
如图13所示，图13是RRC配置的上行发送与动态指示的时隙格式冲突的示意图。终端设备在1个时隙的前三符号监听DCI格式2_0，该DCI格式2_0动态指示了slot n和slot n+1都是下行符号。RRC配置的上行发送在slot n的后若干个符号进行周期性CSI上报，即PUCCH信号发送，和slot n+1后若干个符号发送SRS。由于RRC配置的上行发送与动态指示的时隙格式发生冲突，根据协议预定义的规则，在DCI格式2_0结束的下一个符号开始算起的N2个OFDM符号之内，UE不会取消RRC配置的上行发送，即终端设备会发送周期性CSI上报给网络。由于RRC配置的SRS发送在N2个OFDM符号范围之外，因为终端设备有足够的时间来对这个场景进行判断，即包括DCI格式2_0的译码、解析时间和射频前端开关时间，所以终端设备需要取消所述SRS的上行发送。As shown in FIG. 13 , FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of conflict between uplink transmission configured by RRC and slot format dynamically indicated. The terminal device monitors the DCI format 2_0 in the first three symbols of a time slot, and the DCI format 2_0 dynamically indicates that both slot n and slot n+1 are downlink symbols. The uplink transmission configured by RRC performs periodic CSI reporting in the last several symbols of slot n, that is, PUCCH signal transmission, and SRS is sent in several symbols after slot n+1. Since the uplink transmission configured by RRC conflicts with the slot format dynamically indicated, according to the predefined rules of the protocol, within N2 OFDM symbols starting from the next symbol after the end of DCI format 2_0, the UE will not cancel the RRC configuration. Uplink transmission, that is, the terminal device will send periodic CSI reports to the network. Since the SRS transmission configured by RRC is outside the range of N2 OFDM symbols, the terminal device has enough time to judge this scenario, including the decoding and parsing time of DCI format 2_0 and the RF front-end switching time, so the terminal device needs Cancel the uplink sending of the SRS.
9、带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)切换DCI以及激活BWP切换时间要求。9. Bandwidth part (BWP) switching DCI and activation BWP switching time requirements.
Rel-15引入BWP概念，可以理解为是终端设备的工作带宽，表示给定载波和给定参数集的一组连续的资源块(resource block，RB)，每个BWP都有一个索引(index)，用于区分不同的BWP。Rel-15 introduces the concept of BWP, which can be understood as the working bandwidth of the terminal device, representing a set of continuous resource blocks (resource block, RB) for a given carrier and a given parameter set, and each BWP has an index (index) , used to distinguish different BWPs.
当终端设备工作在一个BWP中，这个BWP称之为当前激活BWP(active BWP)，基站可以通过DCI动态指示终端设备切换到另一个BWP上。终端设备通过RRC参数确定DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2中包含BWP指示(Bandwidth part indicator)的指示域以及确定这个指示域的比特大小。当一个终端设备检测到一个DCI格式1_1或DCI格式1_2，这个DCI中包含Bandwidth part indicator域，且这个域指示的BWP索引与当前激活BWP的索引不同，意味着这是一个BWP切换指示，通知终端设备切换到指示BWP索引对应的BWP上进行数据传输。When a terminal device works in a BWP, this BWP is called the active BWP (active BWP), and the base station can dynamically instruct the terminal device to switch to another BWP through DCI. The terminal device determines the indicator field including the BWP indicator (Bandwidth part indicator) in the DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 and determines the bit size of the indicator field through the RRC parameter. When a terminal device detects a DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, the DCI contains the Bandwidth part indicator field, and the BWP index indicated by this field is different from the index of the currently active BWP, which means that this is a BWP switching instruction and notifies the terminal The device switches to the BWP corresponding to the indicated BWP index for data transmission.
目前协议规定这个BWP切换DCI在一个时隙的前三符号进行调度，主要是因为终端设备进行激活BWP切换需要进行一系列的操作，这些操作需要耗费一定的时间，成为激活BWP切换处理时间(TBWPswitchDelay)，终端设备能够尽早检测到这DCI进行后续处理。激活BWP切换处理大致包括以下流程：The current protocol stipulates that the BWP switching DCI is scheduled in the first three symbols of a time slot, mainly because the terminal equipment needs to perform a series of operations to activate BWP switching. ), the terminal device can detect this DCI as early as possible for subsequent processing. The process of activating BWP handover roughly includes the following flow:
检测激活BWP切换指示的DCI；解析DCI，识别出BWP切换，射频前端带宽修改；目标BWP的参数重配，***定时切换等一系列复杂流程。激活BWP切换时间长短与终端设备能力、BWP的子载波间隔有关。目前协议规定子载波间隔15kHz的BWP切换需要1个时隙的时间，即1ms；子载波间隔30kHz的BWP切换需要2个时隙的时间，即1ms；子载波间隔60kHz的BWP切换需要3个时隙的时间，即0.75ms；子载波间隔120kHz的BWP切换需要6个时隙的时间，即0.75ms。以上激活BWP切换时间从检测到指示BWP切换的DCI格式1_1或1_2所在时隙的起始OFDM符号开始计算。如图14所示，图14是BWP切换的示意图，从图14中可以看出终端设备在1个时隙的前三符号检测到一个BWP切换DCI以及激活BWP切换。Detect the DCI that activates the BWP switching indication; analyze the DCI, identify the BWP switching, modify the RF front-end bandwidth; reconfigure the parameters of the target BWP, and switch the system at regular intervals. The duration of activating the BWP handover is related to the capabilities of the terminal equipment and the subcarrier spacing of the BWP. The current agreement stipulates that BWP switching with a subcarrier spacing of 15kHz requires 1 time slot, that is, 1ms; BWP switching with a subcarrier spacing of 30kHz requires 2 time slots, that is, 1ms; BWP switching with a subcarrier spacing of 60kHz requires 3 hours. The time of one slot is 0.75 ms; the BWP switching with a subcarrier interval of 120 kHz requires 6 time slots, that is, 0.75 ms. The above activated BWP switching time is calculated from the start OFDM symbol of the time slot where the DCI format 1_1 or 1_2 indicating BWP switching is detected. As shown in Fig. 14, Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of BWP switching. It can be seen from Fig. 14 that the terminal device detects a BWP switching DCI and activates BWP switching in the first three symbols of a time slot.
10、PDSCH映射方式A(PDSCH mapping type A)的调度限制。10. Scheduling restrictions of PDSCH mapping type A (PDSCH mapping type A).
Rel-15协议定义了一种PDSCH调度方式为PDSCH映射方式A，如图15所示，图15是一种PDSCH调度方式为PDSCH映射方式A的示意图。The Rel-15 protocol defines a PDSCH scheduling mode as the PDSCH mapping mode A, as shown in FIG. 15 , which is a schematic diagram of a PDSCH scheduling mode as the PDSCH mapping mode A.
该调度映射方式的特点是对于常规循环前缀(normal cyclic prefix，NCP)场景，PDSCH的起始OFDM符号只能在1个slot的前4个符号，即起始OFDM符号的集合为OFDM符号{0,1,2,3}。协议对调度PDSCH映射方式A的PDCCH有一个调度限制，即如果调度PDSCH映射方式A的PDCCH和PDSCH在相同时隙时，终端设备不期待这个PDCCH在1个slot的前三符号之外。就是要求同时隙调度时，PDCCH在1个slot的前三符号。The feature of this scheduling mapping method is that for a normal cyclic prefix (NCP) scenario, the starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH can only be the first 4 symbols of a slot, that is, the set of starting OFDM symbols is OFDM symbol {0 ,1,2,3}. The protocol has a scheduling restriction on scheduling PDCCH in PDSCH mapping mode A, that is, if scheduling PDCCH in PDSCH mapping mode A and PDSCH are in the same time slot, the terminal device does not expect this PDCCH to be outside the first three symbols of a slot. That is, when the same slot scheduling is required, the PDCCH is in the first three symbols of a slot.
RAN1#106-e会议针对上述场景中，是否监听individual PDCCH candidate进行了讨论，当终端设备根据RRC参数配置确定一对linked PDCCH candidate中有一个与individual PDCCH candidate满足count one的条件，那么无论在这个重叠资源上监听到的DCI是通过individual PDCCH的方式发送的还是通过linked PDCCH的方式发送，都会按照linked PDCCH发送的方式进行理解。例如，相应起始时域位置的确定的方法都根据linked PDCCH的方式来确定。The RAN1#106-e conference discussed whether to monitor individual PDCCH candidates in the above scenario. When the terminal device determines that one of a pair of linked PDCCH candidates and the individual PDCCH candidate meet the condition of count one according to the RRC parameter configuration, then no matter in this Whether the DCI monitored on overlapping resources is sent through individual PDCCH or linked PDCCH will be understood according to the way linked PDCCH is sent. For example, the method for determining the corresponding starting time domain position is all determined according to the way of linked PDCCH.
上述结合图1和图2简单介绍了本申请能够适用的场景，并介绍了本申请中涉及的基本概念，由上述可知，当前结论并没有考虑如下场景：当网络通过individual PDCCH的方式发送DCI格式2_0，或发送BWP切换DCI，或发送PDSCH mapping type A的PDSCH调度。如果上述场景发生，相应起始时域位置的确定的方法都根据linked PDCCH的方式来确定可能会带来终端设备和网络设备对于起始时域位置的理解不一致的问题。The above briefly introduces the applicable scenarios of this application in combination with Figure 1 and Figure 2, and introduces the basic concepts involved in this application. From the above, it can be seen that the current conclusion does not consider the following scenarios: When the network sends DCI format through individual PDCCH 2_0, or send BWP switching DCI, or send PDSCH scheduling of PDSCH mapping type A. If the above scenario occurs, the method of determining the corresponding initial time domain position is determined according to the linked PDCCH method, which may cause the problem of inconsistent understanding of the initial time domain position by the terminal device and the network device.
例如，网络设备通过individual PDCCH发送DCI格式2_0，当RRC配置的上行传输与动态指示的时隙格式冲突时，对于上行传输取消的生效时间有影响。如图16所示，图16是本申请实施例提供的一种RRC配置的上行发送与动态指示的时隙格式冲突的示意图。For example, the network device sends the DCI format 2_0 through the individual PDCCH. When the uplink transmission configured by the RRC conflicts with the dynamically indicated time slot format, it will affect the effective time of the cancellation of the uplink transmission. As shown in FIG. 16 , FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a conflict between an RRC configured uplink transmission and a dynamically indicated time slot format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体地，根据目前协议规定N2的起始时域位置是按照linked PDCCH candidate中起始OFDM符号较晚的PDCCH candidate来确定(如图16中的左斜线填充的PDCCH candidate)，而实际应该是参考individual PDCCH candidate来确定(如图16中的黑色填充的PDCCH candidate)，因此在网络设备通过individual PDCCH发送DCI格式2_0的场景下，存在RRC配置的上行发送与动态指示的时隙格式冲突的问题。Specifically, according to the current agreement, the starting time domain position of N2 is determined according to the PDCCH candidate whose starting OFDM symbol is later in the linked PDCCH candidate (as shown in the PDCCH candidate filled with a left slash in Figure 16), but it should actually be Refer to the individual PDCCH candidate to determine (as shown in the black-filled PDCCH candidate in Figure 16), so in the scenario where the network device sends DCI format 2_0 through the individual PDCCH, there is a problem that the uplink transmission configured by RRC conflicts with the dynamically indicated slot format .
还例如，网络设备通过individual PDCCH发送DCI指示终端设备进行BWP切换，激活BWP切换时间可能会受到linked PDCCH candidate的影响。如图17所示，图17是本申请实施例提供的一种指示激活BWP切换的DCI的示意图。For another example, the network device sends DCI through the individual PDCCH to instruct the terminal device to perform BWP switching, and the time to activate the BWP switching may be affected by the linked PDCCH candidate. As shown in FIG. 17 , FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating activation of a BWP handover provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体地，根据目前协议规定激活BWP切换时间是从指示激活BWP切换的DCI所在时隙的起始OFDM符号算起，且指示激活BWP切换的DCI在1个时隙的前3符号。而根据当前linked PDCCH candidate和individual PDCCH candidate满足count one的结论，DCI处理是按照linked PDCCH candidate中起始OFDM符号较晚的PDCCH candidate来确定，这样会导致激活BWP切换的处理时间延后。Specifically, according to the current agreement, the activation time of BWP switching is calculated from the first OFDM symbol of the time slot where the DCI indicating BWP switching activation is located, and the DCI indicating BWP switching activation is in the first 3 symbols of a time slot. According to the conclusion that the current linked PDCCH candidate and individual PDCCH candidate satisfy count one, the DCI processing is determined according to the PDCCH candidate whose OFDM symbol starts later in the linked PDCCH candidate, which will delay the processing time for activating BWP handover.
又例如，网络设备通过individual PDCCH发送DCI指示调度PDSCH的映射类型A，可能会受到linked PDCCH candidate的影响。如图18所示，图18是本申请实施例提供的一种DCI指示PDSCH的映射类型A的示意图。协议定义了一种PDSCH调度方式为PDSCH映射方式A，该调度映射方式的特点是对于常规循环前缀(Normal Cyclic Prefix, NCP)场景，PDSCH的起始OFDM符号只能在1个slot的前4个符号，即起始OFDM符号的集合为OFDM符号{0,1,2,3}。协议对调度PDSCH映射方式A的PDCCH有一个调度限制，即如果调度PDSCH映射方式A的PDCCH和PDSCH在相同时隙时，终端设备不期待这个PDCCH在1个slot的前三符号之外。就是要求同时隙调度时，PDCCH必须要在1个slot的前三符号。For another example, the network device sends DCI through the individual PDCCH to indicate the mapping type A of scheduling PDSCH, which may be affected by the linked PDCCH candidate. As shown in FIG. 18 , FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating PDSCH mapping type A provided by an embodiment of the present application. The protocol defines a PDSCH scheduling method as PDSCH mapping method A. The characteristic of this scheduling mapping method is that for the normal cyclic prefix (Normal Cyclic Prefix, NCP) scenario, the starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH can only be in the first 4 slots of a slot. Symbols, that is, a set of starting OFDM symbols are OFDM symbols {0, 1, 2, 3}. The protocol has a scheduling restriction on scheduling PDCCH in PDSCH mapping mode A, that is, if scheduling PDCCH in PDSCH mapping mode A and PDSCH are in the same time slot, the terminal device does not expect this PDCCH to be outside the first three symbols of a slot. That is, when the same slot scheduling is required, the PDCCH must be in the first three symbols of a slot.
具体地，根据目前协议规定如果调度PDSCH映射方式A的PDCCH和PDSCH在相同时隙时，这个PDCCH在1个时隙的前3符号。而根据当前linked PDCCH candidate和individual PDCCH candidate满足count one的结论，DCI处理是按照linked PDCCH candidate中起始OFDM符号较晚的PDCCH candidate来确定。Specifically, according to the current agreement, if the PDCCH and the PDSCH of the PDSCH mapping mode A are scheduled in the same time slot, the PDCCH is in the first three symbols of one time slot. According to the conclusion that the current linked PDCCH candidate and individual PDCCH candidate satisfy count one, the DCI processing is determined according to the PDCCH candidate with a later start OFDM symbol in the linked PDCCH candidate.
为了避免目前协议规定的处理方式带来终端设备和网络设备对于起始时域位置的理解不一致问题，本申请提供一种通信的方法，以期统一终端设备和网络设备对于起始时域位置的理解。In order to avoid the inconsistency of the understanding of the initial time domain position by the terminal device and the network device caused by the processing method stipulated in the current protocol, this application provides a communication method in order to unify the understanding of the initial time domain position by the terminal device and the network device .
下文示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或接入网设备，或者，是终端设备或接入设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。The embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or an access network device, or a functional module in a terminal device or an access device that can call a program and execute the program.
为了便于理解本申请实施例，做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following descriptions are made.
第一，在本申请中，“用于指示”可以理解为“使能”，“使能”可以包括直接使能和间接使能。当描述某一信息用于使能A时，可以包括该信息直接使能A或间接使能A，而并不代表该信息中一定携带有A。First, in this application, "for indicating" can be understood as "enabling", and "enabling" can include direct enabling and indirect enabling. When describing a certain information for enabling A, it may include that the information directly enables A or indirectly enables A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the information.
将信息所使能的信息称为待使能信息，则具体实现过程中，对待使能信息进行使能的方式有很多种，例如但不限于，可以直接使能待使能信息，如待使能信息本身或者该待使能信息的索引等。也可以通过使能其他信息来间接使能待使能信息，其中该其他信息与待使能信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅使能待使能信息的一部分，而待使能信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如，还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的使能，从而在一定程度上降低使能开销。同时，还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一使能，以降低单独使能同样的信息而带来的使能开销。The information enabled by the information is called the information to be enabled. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to enable the information to be enabled. For example, but not limited to, the information to be enabled can be directly enabled. The enabling information itself or the index of the information to be enabled, etc. The to-be-enabled information may also be indirectly enabled by enabling other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the to-be-enabled information. It is also possible to enable only a part of the information to be enabled, while other parts of the information to be enabled are known or agreed in advance. For example, specific information can also be enabled by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol-specified) arrangement order of each information, thereby reducing the enabling overhead to a certain extent. At the same time, common parts of each information can be identified and enabled uniformly, so as to reduce the enabling overhead caused by enabling the same information separately.
第二，在本申请中示出的第一、第二以及各种数字编号(例如，“#1”、“#2”等)仅为描述方便，用于区分的对象，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，区分不同的SRS等。而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样描述的对象在适当情况下可以互换，以便能够描述本申请的实施例以外的方案。Second, the first, second and various numbers shown in this application (for example, "#1", "#2", etc.) The scope of the application examples. For example, distinguishing between different SRSs, etc. It is not intended to describe a particular order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so described are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances in order to enable descriptions other than the embodiments of the application.
第三，在本申请中，“预设”可包括预先定义，例如，协议定义。其中，“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如，包括终端设备或网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。Third, in this application, "preset" may include pre-definition, for example, protocol definition. Among them, "pre-defined" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices or network devices). limited.
第四，本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”，可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器，可以是单独的设置，也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器，处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器，也可以是一部分单独设置，一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质，本申请并不 对此限定。Fourth, the "storage" mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may refer to saving in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be provided independently, or may be integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. A part of the one or more memories may also be provided separately, and a part may be integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The type of storage may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
第五，本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议，例如可以包括5G协议、新空口(new radio，NR)协议以及应用于未来的通信***中的相关协议，本申请对此不做限定。Fifth, the "protocol" involved in the embodiment of this application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include 5G protocol, new radio (new radio, NR) protocol and related protocols applied in future communication systems. Applications are not limited to this.
以下，不失一般性，以网络设备和终端设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信方法。Hereinafter, without loss of generality, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail by taking the interaction between the network device and the terminal device as an example.
需要说明的是，本申请提供的通信的方法，应用的场景为PDCCH重复传输对应的两个候选PDCCH中的一个候选PDCCH与PDCCH独立传输对应的PDCCH满足count one条件。It should be noted that the communication method provided in this application is applied in a scenario where one of the two candidate PDCCHs corresponding to the repeated transmission of the PDCCH and the PDCCH corresponding to the independent transmission of the PDCCH satisfy the count one condition.
其中，PDCCH重复传输的具体定义可以参考上述基本概念中的介绍，还可以参考目前相关技术文献中的说明，本申请实施例对于PDCCH重复传输的概念不做改进；另外，PDCCH重复传输对应的两个候选PDCCH可以是两个相关的候选PDCCH(linked PDCCH candidate)，本申请实施例中对于PDCCH重复传输对应的候选PDCCH的概念也不做修改；进一步地，PDCCH独立传输的具体定义可以参考目前相关技术文献中的说明，本申请实施例对于PDCCH独立传输的概念不做改进；同理，PDCCH独立传输对应的PDCCH可以是一个独立候选PDCCH(individual PDCCH candidate)，本申请实施例中对于PDCCH独立传输对应的候选PDCCH的概念也不做修改。Among them, the specific definition of PDCCH repeated transmission can refer to the introduction in the above-mentioned basic concepts, and can also refer to the descriptions in current related technical documents. The embodiment of the present application does not improve the concept of PDCCH repeated transmission; A candidate PDCCH may be two related candidate PDCCHs (linked PDCCH candidates). In the embodiment of the present application, the concept of candidate PDCCH corresponding to PDCCH repeated transmission is not modified; further, the specific definition of PDCCH independent transmission can refer to the current relevant As described in the technical literature, the embodiment of the present application does not improve the concept of PDCCH independent transmission; similarly, the PDCCH corresponding to PDCCH independent transmission can be an independent candidate PDCCH (individual PDCCH candidate). In the embodiment of the present application, for PDCCH independent transmission The concept of the corresponding candidate PDCCH is also not modified.
具体地，两个候选PDCCH之间满足count one条件可以参考目前相关技术的说明，例如，两个候选PDCCH之间满足前文中对于1个用于监听的PDCCH candidate概念说明中所示的条件。Specifically, the count one condition between two candidate PDCCHs can refer to the description of the current related technology, for example, the two candidate PDCCHs satisfy the conditions shown in the previous description of the concept of one PDCCH candidate for monitoring.
为了便于理解，下面举例说明PDCCH重复传输对应的两个候选PDCCH中的一个候选PDCCH与PDCCH独立传输对应的PDCCH满足count one条件。For ease of understanding, the following example illustrates that one of the two candidate PDCCHs corresponding to repeated PDCCH transmission and the PDCCH corresponding to independent PDCCH transmission satisfy the count one condition.
例如，PDCCH candidate#1和PDCCH candidate#2是一对用于PDCCH重复传输的PDCCH candidate；PDCCH candidate#3为用于PDCCH独立传输的PDCCH candidate。其中，PDCCH candidate#3与PDCCH candidate#1(或者PDCCH candidate#3与PDCCH candidate#2)满足1个用于监听的PDCCH candidate条件，也可以理解为PDCCH candidate#3与PDCCH candidate#1(或者PDCCH candidate#3与PDCCH candidate#2)满足计为1次盲检的条件。For example, PDCCH candidate #1 and PDCCH candidate #2 are a pair of PDCCH candidates used for PDCCH repeated transmission; PDCCH candidate #3 is a PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission. Among them, PDCCH candidate#3 and PDCCH candidate#1 (or PDCCH candidate#3 and PDCCH candidate#2) satisfy one PDCCH candidate condition for monitoring, which can also be understood as PDCCH candidate#3 and PDCCH candidate#1 (or PDCCH Candidate #3 and PDCCH candidate #2) meet the conditions counted as one blind detection.
如图19所示，图19是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图，包括以下步骤：As shown in Figure 19, Figure 19 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, including the following steps:
S1910，网络设备根据预设规则确定第一配置信息。S1910. The network device determines first configuration information according to a preset rule.
该第一配置信息配置用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH。The first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission and a candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission.
其中，为了便于描述该实施例中将用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH称为第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH，用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH称为第二候选PDCCH。Wherein, for the convenience of description in this embodiment, the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are called the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH, and the candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission is called the second candidate PDCCH.
具体地，第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH分属于两个SS set的两个候选PDCCH(例如，第一候选PDCCH为属于SS set#1的候选PDCCH，第二候选PDCCH为属于SS set#2的候选PDCCH)，网络设备通过RRC参数配置SS set#1和SS set#2关联关系，SS  set#1和SS set#2用于PDCCH重复传输，即SS set#1和SS set#2可以称之为linked SS set。Specifically, the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH belong to two candidate PDCCHs of two SS sets (for example, the first candidate PDCCH is a candidate PDCCH belonging to SS set #1, and the second candidate PDCCH is a candidate PDCCH belonging to SS set #2 Candidate PDCCH), the network device configures the relationship between SS set#1 and SS set#2 through RRC parameters, SS set#1 and SS set#2 are used for PDCCH repeated transmission, that is, SS set#1 and SS set#2 can be called It is linked SS set.
示例性地，该预设规则为协议预定义的；或者，该预设规则为网络设备自行确定的；或者，该预设规则为网络设备和终端设备协商确定的；或者，该预设规则为管理设备提供给网络设备的。Exemplarily, the preset rule is predefined by the protocol; or, the preset rule is determined by the network device itself; or, the preset rule is determined through negotiation between the network device and the terminal device; or, the preset rule is The management device provides to the network device.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对于预设规则的确定方式不做限制，网络设备能够获知该预设规则即可。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, there is no limitation on the manner of determining the preset rule, and it is sufficient that the network device can learn the preset rule.
该预设规则指示用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置均为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号。具体地，预设规则指示第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号，以及预设规则指示第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号。The preset rule indicates that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for repeated PDCCH transmission are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot. Specifically, the preset rule indicates that the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, and the preset rule indicates that the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is the time slot At least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of .
例如，第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的第一个OFDM符号，第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的第二个OFDM符号。For example, the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the slot, and the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the slot. Two OFDM symbols.
还例如，第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的第一个OFDM符号和第二个OFDM符号，第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的第二个OFDM符号和第三个OFDM符号。Also for example, the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol and the second OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, and the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol in the time slot. The second OFDM symbol and the third OFDM symbol of the three OFDM symbols.
又例如，第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的第一个OFDM符号和第二个OFDM符号，第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的第三个OFDM符号。For another example, the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol and the second OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, and the time domain position corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is the first OFDM symbol and the second OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot. The third OFDM symbol of the three OFDM symbols.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对于预设规则指示用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置均为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的至少一个OFDM符号的具体形式不做限制，只需要用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置均为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中OFDM符号即可，对于用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置是否包括部分或者全部相同的OFDM符号不做限制。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the specific form of at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot corresponding to the preset rule indicating that the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are all time slots is different. As a restriction, it is only necessary that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are all OFDM symbols in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot. For the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission There is no limitation on whether the domain positions include part or all of the same OFDM symbols.
示例性地，该第一候选PDCCH与第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，或者，该第三候选PDCCH与第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，为了便于描述下文中以第一候选PDCCH与第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件为例进行说明。Exemplarily, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition, or the third candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition, for the convenience of description, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate The PDCCH satisfies the first condition as an example for description.
具体地，该第一条件包括：Specifically, the first condition includes:
第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI大小相同。The time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the control resource sets corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first The DCI sizes corresponding to the candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same.
其中，第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同可以理解为：第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH具有相同的聚集级别和相同的起始CCE位置，即第一候选PDCCH的CCE集合和第二候选PDCCH的CCE集合相同。Wherein, the same time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH can be understood as: the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH have the same aggregation level and the same starting CCE position, that is, the CCE of the first candidate PDCCH The set is the same as the CCE set of the second candidate PDCCH.
同理，第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同可以理解为：第一候选PDCCH上承载的DCI由扰码序列1加扰，第二候选PDCCH上承载的DCI也由扰码序列1加扰。这个扰码序列是加绕在DCI的比特序列上的。扰码序列的初始化序列与搜索空间集合类型、CORESET等配置参数有关。Similarly, the same scrambling code sequence corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH can be understood as: the DCI carried on the first candidate PDCCH is scrambled by the scrambling code sequence 1, and the DCI carried on the second candidate PDCCH is also scrambled by the scrambling code sequence 1. Sequence 1 is scrambled. This scrambling code sequence is added around the bit sequence of the DCI. The initialization sequence of the scrambling code sequence is related to configuration parameters such as search space set type and CORESET.
同理，第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同可以理解为：第一候选PDCCH所属的SS set(例如，SS set#1)关联的CORESET和第二候选PDCCH所属的SS set(例如，SS set#2)关联相同的CORESET，例如SS set#1和SS set#2分别关联CORESET1。Similarly, the same set of control resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH can be understood as: the CORESET associated with the SS set (for example, SS set#1) to which the first candidate PDCCH belongs and the SS set to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs (for example, SS set#2) are associated with the same CORESET, for example, SS set#1 and SS set#2 are associated with CORESET1 respectively.
同理，第一候选PDCCH和第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI大小相同可以理解为：第一候选PDCCH所属的SS set的配置信息包括待监听的DCI格式的大小(例如，SS set#1的配置信息包括待监听的DCI格式1)和第二候选PDCCH所属的SS set的配置信息包括待监听的DCI格式的大小(例如，SS set#2的配置信息包括待监听的DCI格式2)相同，即DCI格式1的载荷大小与DCI格式2的大小相同；或者还可以理解为第一候选PDCCH承载的DCI和第二候选PDCCH承载的DCI大小相同。其中，DCI大小也可以理解为所述DCI格式的载荷大小。Similarly, the same DCI size corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH can be understood as: the configuration information of the SS set to which the first candidate PDCCH belongs includes the size of the DCI format to be monitored (for example, the configuration information of SS set#1 Including the DCI format to be monitored 1) and the configuration information of the SS set to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs includes the size of the DCI format to be monitored (for example, the configuration information of SS set#2 includes the DCI format 2 to be monitored) are the same, that is, the DCI The payload size of format 1 is the same as that of DCI format 2; or it can also be understood that the size of the DCI carried by the first candidate PDCCH is the same as that of the DCI carried by the second candidate PDCCH. Wherein, the DCI size can also be understood as the payload size of the DCI format.
示例性地，该实施例中第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI包括以下至少一种：Exemplarily, in this embodiment, the DCI corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH includes at least one of the following:
所述DCI的格式为DCI格式2_0、所述DCI中的部分带宽BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、所述DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。The format of the DCI is DCI format 2_0, the BWP index indicated by the partial bandwidth BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH Mapping method A.
也就是说在上述的根据目前协议对如下场景：当网络设备通过PDCCH独立传输的方式发送DCI格式2_0，或发送指示BWP切换的DCI，或发送PDSCH mapping type A的PDSCH调度，处理DCI的起始时域位置(例如，PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2的起始OFDM符号、激活BWP切换处理时间的起始OFDM符号或调度PDSCH起始OFDM符号)的确定的方法都根据PDCCH重复传输的方式来确定，可能会带来终端设备和网络设备对于起始时域位置的理解不一致或终端设备准备数据时间不足或终端设备切换时间不足的问题。That is to say, in the above-mentioned scenarios according to the current protocol: when the network device sends DCI format 2_0 through PDCCH independent transmission, or sends DCI indicating BWP switching, or sends PDSCH scheduling of PDSCH mapping type A, process the start of DCI The method of determining the time domain position (for example, the starting OFDM symbol of the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2, the starting OFDM symbol of the activation BWP switching processing time or the starting OFDM symbol of the scheduled PDSCH) is determined according to the way of PDCCH repeated transmission, It may cause the problem that the terminal device and the network device have inconsistent understanding of the initial time domain position, or the terminal device has insufficient time to prepare data or insufficient time for the terminal device to switch.
其中，PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2在前文基本概念中已经描述，这里不再赘述。Wherein, the PUSCH processing time Tproc,2 has been described in the previous basic concepts, and will not be repeated here.
为了避免出现上述问题，网络设备在配置PDCCH时，考虑预设规则的限制，将与用于PDCCH独立传输的individual PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第二候选PDCCH)满足count one的用于PDCCH重复传输的linked PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH)的时域位置限制为时隙的前3 OFDM symbol中的至少一个，以使得终端设备和网络设备对于起始时域位置的理解统一。所述用于PDCCH独立传输的individual PDCCH candidate与所述用于PDCCH重复传输的linked PDCCH candidate的其中一个PDCCH candidate满足count one，可以理解为上述第二候选PDCCH与上述第一候选PDCCH满足count one，或上述第二候选PDCCH与上述第三候选PDCCH满足count one。第二候选PDCCH不会同时与上述第一候选PDCCH和上述第三候选PDCCH同时满足count one。In order to avoid the above-mentioned problems, when the network device configures the PDCCH, considering the restrictions of the preset rules, the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the above-mentioned second candidate PDCCH) that is used for the independent transmission of the PDCCH satisfies count one for the repeated transmission of the PDCCH The time-domain position of the linked PDCCH candidate (for example, the above-mentioned first candidate PDCCH and third candidate PDCCH) is limited to at least one of the first 3 OFDM symbols of the time slot, so that the terminal device and the network device have the initial time-domain position unity of understanding. One of the PDCCH candidates of the individual PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH independent transmission and the linked PDCCH candidate used for PDCCH repeated transmission satisfies count one, which can be understood as the above-mentioned second candidate PDCCH and the above-mentioned first candidate PDCCH satisfy count one, Or the foregoing second candidate PDCCH and the foregoing third candidate PDCCH satisfy count one. The second PDCCH candidate will not satisfy count one with the first PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate at the same time.
例如，如图20中的(a)和(b)所示，图20中的(a)和(b)是本申请实施例提供的一种PDCCH配置示意图。For example, as shown in (a) and (b) in FIG. 20 , (a) and (b) in FIG. 20 are schematic diagrams of a PDCCH configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图20中的(a)为根据预设规则进行调度限制的PDCCH配置示意图，从图20中的(a)可以看出和individual PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第二候选PDCCH)满足count one的linked PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH)对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的至少一个(如图20中的(a)所示的前3个下行的OFDM符号中的至少一个)。所述individual PDCCH candidate上承载DCI格式 2_0，或承载指示BWP切换的DCI，或承载PDSCH mapping type A的PDSCH调度。(a) in FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of PDCCH configuration for scheduling restrictions according to preset rules. It can be seen from (a) in FIG. The time domain position corresponding to the PDCCH candidate (for example, the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH above) is at least one of the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot (the first three OFDM symbols shown in (a) in Figure 20 at least one of downlink OFDM symbols). The individual PDCCH candidate bears DCI format 2_0, or bears DCI indicating BWP switching, or bears PDSCH scheduling of PDSCH mapping type A.
示例性地，本申请实施例中涉及的“PDCCH candidate上承载DCI”可以理解为PDCCH candidate所属的SS set的配置信息中包括所述DCI格式信息，和/或，PDCCH candidate所属的SS set的配置信息中包括所述DCI格式的载荷大小信息；也可以理解为网络设备在所述PDCCH candidate上发送所述DCI。Exemplarily, the "DCI carried on the PDCCH candidate" involved in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as the configuration information of the SS set to which the PDCCH candidate belongs includes the DCI format information, and/or, the configuration of the SS set to which the PDCCH candidate belongs The information includes the payload size information of the DCI format; it can also be understood that the network device sends the DCI on the PDCCH candidate.
图20中的(b)为根据目前协议规定的PDCCH配置示意图，从图20中的(b)可以看出和individual PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第二候选PDCCH)满足count one的linked PDCCH candidate中的至少一个(例如，上述的第三候选PDCCH)对应的时域位置不是时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的至少一个(例如，图20中的(b)所示的第七个OFDM符号)。所述individual PDCCH candidate上承载DCI格式2_0，或承载指示BWP切换的DCI，或承载PDSCH mapping type A的PDSCH调度。(b) in Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of the PDCCH configuration according to the current protocol. From (b) in Figure 20, it can be seen that the linked PDCCH candidate that satisfies count one with the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the second candidate PDCCH above) The time domain position corresponding to at least one of (for example, the third candidate PDCCH above) is not at least one of the first three OFDM symbols of the slot (for example, the seventh OFDM symbol shown in (b) in Figure 20) . The individual PDCCH candidate bears DCI format 2_0, or bears DCI indicating BWP switching, or bears PDSCH scheduling of PDSCH mapping type A.
进一步地，网络设备可以将第一配置信息发送给终端设备，以使得终端设备确定PDCCH的监听方式，图19所示的方法流程还包括：Further, the network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the monitoring mode of the PDCCH, and the method flow shown in FIG. 19 also includes:
S1920，网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，或者说终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息。S1920, the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, or the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device.
示例性地，本申请实施例中网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息的方式可以参考目前相关技术中网络设备向终端设备发送配置监听PDCCH的相关信息的方式；或者，还可以通过新增信令的方式传输该配置信息；或者还可以复用终端设备和网络设备已有的信令的方式传输该配置信息。Exemplarily, the manner in which the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to the manner in which the network device sends information related to configuring and monitoring the PDCCH to the terminal device in the current related art; The configuration information may be transmitted in a manner; or the configuration information may be transmitted in a manner of multiplexing the existing signaling of the terminal device and the network device.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对于网络设备向终端设备发送配置候选PDCCH的信息的方式不限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the manner in which the network device sends the information of configuring the candidate PDCCH to the terminal device is not limited.
与目前相关技术中披露的用于配置PDCCH的监听方式的信息不同的是，该实施中预设规则限定用于PDCCH重复传输的候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个OFDM符号中的至少一个。Different from the information used to configure the PDCCH monitoring method disclosed in the current related art, the preset rules in this implementation limit the time domain position corresponding to the candidate PDCCH for PDCCH repeated transmission to the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot at least one of the .
进一步地，网络设备可以根据上述的第一配置信息在上述的第二候选PDCCH上发送DCI，图19所示的方法流程还包括：Further, the network device may send DCI on the second candidate PDCCH according to the first configuration information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 19 further includes:
S1930，网络设备发送DCI。S1930. The network device sends DCI.
示例性地，网络设备根据PDCCH相关配置信息发送用于PDCCH独立传输的独立PDCCH(individual PDCCH)，该用于PDCCH独立传输的独立PDCCH(例如，上述的第二候选PDCCH)上承载DCI。Exemplarily, the network device sends an independent PDCCH (individual PDCCH) for independent PDCCH transmission according to PDCCH-related configuration information, and the independent PDCCH (for example, the above-mentioned second candidate PDCCH) for independent PDCCH transmission carries DCI.
可选地，网络设备还可以根据PDCCH相关配置信息发送用于PDCCH重复传输的关联的PDCCH(linked PDCCH)，该用于PDCCH重复传输的关联的PDCCH上承载DCI。Optionally, the network device may also send an associated PDCCH (linked PDCCH) used for repeated PDCCH transmission according to PDCCH-related configuration information, and the associated PDCCH used for repeated PDCCH transmission carries DCI.
具体地，终端设备能够根据第一配置信息监听PDCCH，图19所示的方法流程还包括：Specifically, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH according to the first configuration information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 19 also includes:
S1940，终端设备根据第一配置信息监听PDCCH。S1940. The terminal device monitors the PDCCH according to the first configuration information.
具体地，终端设备根据第一配置信息在用于PDCCH重复传输的候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH上监听PDCCH。Specifically, the terminal device monitors the PDCCH on the candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission and the candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission according to the first configuration information.
当所述第一配置信息满足第三条件时，所述终端设备监听用于PDCCH重复传输的候选PDCCH，和/或，所述终端设备监听用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH；When the first configuration information satisfies the third condition, the terminal device monitors a candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and/or, the terminal device monitors a second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission;
当所述第一配置信息不满足所述第三条件时，所述终端设备确定所述第一配置信息为错误配置信息，When the first configuration information does not meet the third condition, the terminal device determines that the first configuration information is wrong configuration information,
其中，所述第三条件包括用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个正交频分多路复用OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，所述用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与所述第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件。Wherein, the third condition includes that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot, and the used The first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs repeatedly transmitted by the PDCCH satisfy the first condition.
可选地，在该终端设备确定第一配置信息为错误配置信息后，该终端设备执行以下任意一项：跳过对第一候选PDCCH和/或不监听该第三候选PDCCH的译码处理、跳过对第二候选PDCCH的译码处理，不监听该第一候选PDCCH和/或不监听该第三候选PDCCH、不监听该第二候选PDCCH、只监听第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH、只监听第二候选PDCCH。Optionally, after the terminal device determines that the first configuration information is incorrect configuration information, the terminal device performs any of the following: skip decoding the first candidate PDCCH and/or not monitor the third candidate PDCCH, Skip the decoding process of the second candidate PDCCH, do not monitor the first candidate PDCCH and/or do not monitor the third candidate PDCCH, do not monitor the second candidate PDCCH, only monitor the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH, Only the second candidate PDCCH is monitored.
示例性地，该实施例中通过根据预设规则确定PDCCH配置信息的方式，对网络设备的调度进行调度限制。Exemplarily, in this embodiment, the scheduling of the network device is restricted by determining the PDCCH configuration information according to a preset rule.
为了便于理解，以第二候选PDCCH所属的搜索空间集合的配置信息包含的DCI的格式为DCI格式2_0为例，介绍终端设备侧的行为：For ease of understanding, taking the DCI format contained in the configuration information of the search space set to which the second candidate PDCCH belongs is DCI format 2_0 as an example, the behavior of the terminal device side is introduced:
终端设备不期待被配置处理“如下场景”；或者终端设备不期待在“如下场景”中的individual PDCCH candidate上译码(或者说监听)DCI格式2_0；或者终端设备不期待在如下场景中的根据DCI格式2_0的配置信息在individual PDCCH candidate上译码(或者说监听)PDCCH candidate。其中，“如下场景”为：一对linked PDCCH candidate中其中一个PDCCH candidate与individual PDCCH candidate满足count one的条件，且individual PDCCH candidate所属的搜索空间集合(SS set)的配置信息包含DCI格式2_0。The terminal device does not expect to be configured to handle "the following scenarios"; or the terminal device does not expect to decode (or monitor) DCI format 2_0 on the individual PDCCH candidate in the "following scenarios"; or the terminal device does not expect the basis in the following scenarios The configuration information of DCI format 2_0 is decoded (or monitored) on the individual PDCCH candidate on the PDCCH candidate. Among them, "the following scenarios" are: one of the PDCCH candidates and the individual PDCCH candidates in a pair of linked PDCCH candidates meet the condition of count one, and the configuration information of the search space set (SS set) to which the individual PDCCH candidate belongs includes DCI format 2_0.
如果终端设备根据第一配置信息确定在上述的场景下网络设备没有按照预设规则配置PDCCH，终端设备可以认为这个场景是一个不期待处理的场景，从而可以不监听individual PDCCH candidate，或不按照individual PDCCH candidate所述的SS set的配置信息对individual PDCCH candidate进行译码或监听行为。If the terminal device determines according to the first configuration information that the network device does not configure the PDCCH according to the preset rules in the above scenario, the terminal device can consider this scenario as a scenario that is not expected to be processed, so it does not need to monitor the individual PDCCH candidate, or does not follow the individual PDCCH The configuration information of the SS set described in the PDCCH candidate decodes or monitors the individual PDCCH candidate.
对于其他的终端设备和网络设备对于处理DCI的起始时域位置的理解可能不一致的场景下(例如，网络设备通过individual PDCCH的方式发送指示BWP切换DCI的场景；还例如，网络设备通过individual PDCCH的方式发送PDSCH mapping type A的PDSCH调度的场景)，终端设备侧也可以不期待被配置处理该场景，或者终端设备不期待在该场景中的individual PDCCH candidate上译码DCI，具体描述可以参考上述的网络设备通过individual PDCCH的方式发送DCI格式2_0的场景，不同的是，在这两个场景下，终端设备需要监听到DCI并解析才知道是否为这两个场景，这里不再赘述。For scenarios where other terminal devices and network devices may have inconsistent understandings of the starting time domain position for processing DCI (for example, the network device sends an instruction BWP to switch DCI through the individual PDCCH; also for example, the network device uses the individual PDCCH The scenario where the PDSCH scheduling of PDSCH mapping type A is sent in the same way), the terminal device side may not expect to be configured to handle this scenario, or the terminal device does not expect to decode DCI on the individual PDCCH candidate in this scenario. For details, please refer to the above The network device sends DCI format 2_0 through the individual PDCCH. The difference is that in these two scenarios, the terminal device needs to monitor the DCI and analyze it to know whether it is the two scenarios, so I won’t go into details here.
图19所示的方法，通过根据预设规则限制网络设备的调度，以使得终端设备和网络设备对于处理DCI的起始时域位置的理解统一。本申请还提供一种通信的方法，能够使得终端设备和网络设备对于处理DCI的起始时域位置的理解统一，下面结合图21进行说明。The method shown in FIG. 19 restricts the scheduling of network devices according to preset rules, so that the terminal device and the network device have a unified understanding of the starting time domain position for processing DCI. The present application also provides a communication method, which enables the terminal device and the network device to have a unified understanding of the starting time domain position for processing DCI, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 21 .
如图21所示，图21是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信的方法的示意性流程图，包括以下步骤：As shown in Figure 21, Figure 21 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, including the following steps:
S2110，网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，或者说终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息。S2110, the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, or the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device.
第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH，所述用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与所述第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件。The first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and a second candidate PDCCH used for independent transmission of the PDCCH, the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for repeated transmission of the PDCCH, The first condition is met with the second candidate PDCCH.
第一配置信息的发送方式可以参考图19中S1920中的描述，这里不再赘述。For the sending manner of the first configuration information, reference may be made to the description in S1920 in FIG. 19 , which will not be repeated here.
与图19中所示的第一配置信息不同的是，该实施例中的第一配置信息不是根据预设规则确定的，也就是说网络设备在进行调度的时候，无需按照上述的预设规则使得第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置位于时隙的前三个OFDM符号内。Different from the first configuration information shown in Figure 19, the first configuration information in this embodiment is not determined according to the preset rules, that is to say, the network device does not need to follow the above preset rules when scheduling Make the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH be located in the first three OFDM symbols of the time slot.
进一步地，网络设备可以根据上述的第一配置信息在第二候选PDCCH上发送DCI，图21所示的方法流程还包括：Further, the network device may send DCI on the second candidate PDCCH according to the above first configuration information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 21 further includes:
S2120，网络设备发送DCI。S2120, the network device sends DCI.
可以参考图19中S1930的描述，这里不再赘述。Reference may be made to the description of S1930 in FIG. 19 , and details are not repeated here.
具体地，终端设备能够根据第一配置信息监听PDCCH，图21所示的方法流程还包括：Specifically, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH according to the first configuration information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 21 also includes:
S2130，终端设备根据第一配置信息监听PDCCH。S2130. The terminal device monitors the PDCCH according to the first configuration information.
具体地，该实施例中终端设备根据第一配置信息监听PDCCH包括：Specifically, in this embodiment, the terminal device monitoring the PDCCH according to the first configuration information includes:
所述终端设备根据所述第一配置信息监听第二候选PDCCH，所述第二候选PDCCH为用于PDCCH独立传输的与用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件的候选PDCCH，The terminal device monitors a second candidate PDCCH according to the first configuration information, and the second candidate PDCCH is the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for independent transmission of PDCCH and repeated transmission of PDCCH that satisfies the first conditional candidate PDCCH,
所述第一条件包括：The first condition includes:
所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的下行控制信息DCI大小相同.The time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH The control resource sets corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs are the same, and the downlink control information DCI sizes corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same.
该实施例中终端设备能够根据监听的DCI是否满足第二条件，确定自身处理DCI的起始时域位置，图21所示的方法流程还包括：In this embodiment, the terminal device can determine the starting time domain position for processing the DCI by itself according to whether the monitored DCI satisfies the second condition. The method flow shown in FIG. 21 also includes:
S2140，终端设备确定是否满足第二条件。S2140. The terminal device determines whether the second condition is met.
示例性地，所述第二条件包括以下至少一项：Exemplarily, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI、所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI且所述DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI且所述DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。The CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI, and the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI, and the The time-domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A.
可选地，第二条件也可以称为规则。Optionally, the second condition can also be called a rule.
该实施例中终端设备根据第二条件确定处理DCI的起始时域位置包括以下两种情况：In this embodiment, the terminal device determines the starting time domain position for processing DCI according to the second condition, including the following two situations:
情况一：Case 1:
在所述DCI满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述终端设备根据所述第二候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置；When the DCI satisfies the second condition, the terminal device determines a starting time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH;
在所述DCI不满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述终端设备根据所述第一候选PDCCH和/或第三候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置。If the DCI does not satisfy the second condition, the terminal device determines a start time domain position according to the time domain positions of the first PDCCH candidate and/or the third PDCCH candidate.
作为一种可能的实现方式，终端设备根据网络设备的配置信息(例如，上述的第一配置信息)确定需要在individual PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第二候选PDCCH)上监 听DCI格式2_0时，根据在individual PDCCH candidate上监听到DCI的RNTI来确定终端设备的行为，具体地，包括：As a possible implementation, when the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the DCI format 2_0 on the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the second candidate PDCCH above) according to the configuration information of the network device (for example, the above-mentioned first configuration information), according to Monitor the RNTI of DCI on the individual PDCCH candidate to determine the behavior of the terminal device, specifically, including:
(1)当individual PDCCH candidate上成功译码DCI的CRC是由时隙格式指示无线网络临时标识(Slot format indication radio network tempory identity，SFI-RNTI)加掩(scrambled)(即DCI格式为DCI格式2_0)时，终端设备按照Rel-15协议中规定的方式确定PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2的起始时域位置，该PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2的起始时域位置为所述第二候选PDCCH的结束OFDM符号的下一个OFDM符号。(1) When the CRC of DCI successfully decoded on the individual PDCCH candidate is scrambled by the slot format indication radio network temporary identity (SFI-RNTI) (that is, the DCI format is DCI format 2_0 ), the terminal device determines the initial time domain position of the PUSCH processing time Tproc, 2 according to the manner specified in the Rel-15 protocol, and the initial time domain position of the PUSCH processing time Tproc, 2 is the end of the second candidate PDCCH The next OFDM symbol of the OFDM symbol.
(2)当individual PDCCH candidate上成功译码DCI的CRC不是由SFI-RNTI加掩时(例如，加掩CRC的RNTI是小区无线网络临时标识(Cell-radio network tempory identity，C-RNTI)、调制和编码方式小区无线网络临时标识(Modulation and coding scheme-Cell-radio network tempory identity，MCS-C-RNTI)或配置的调度无线网络临时标识(Configured scheduling-radio network tempory identity，CS-RNTI)等)，按照Rel-17协议中规定的方式处理DCI。终端设备根据RRC参数配置确定一对linked PDCCH candidate中有一个与individual PDCCH candidate满足count one的条件，那么无论在这个重叠资源上监听到的DCI是通过individual PDCCH的方式发送的还是通过linked PDCCH的方式发送，都会按照linked PDCCH发送的方式进行理解。(2) When the CRC of the successfully decoded DCI on the individual PDCCH candidate is not masked by the SFI-RNTI (for example, the RNTI of the masked CRC is the Cell-radio network temporary identity (C-RNTI), modulation and coding scheme Cell-radio network temporary identity (Modulation and coding scheme-Cell-radio network temporary identity, MCS-C-RNTI) or configured scheduling-radio network temporary identity (CS-RNTI), etc.) , handle the DCI in the manner stipulated in the Rel-17 protocol. According to the RRC parameter configuration, the terminal device determines that one of a pair of linked PDCCH candidates and the individual PDCCH candidate meet the condition of count one, then no matter whether the DCI monitored on this overlapping resource is sent through the individual PDCCH or the linked PDCCH Sending will be understood according to the way linked PDCCH is sent.
例如，一对linked PDCCH candidate中起始OFDM符号较晚的PDCCH candidate来确定起始时域位置(例如，确定Tproc,2起始时域位置)。For example, the PDCCH candidate with a later start OFDM symbol in a pair of linked PDCCH candidates is used to determine the start time domain position (for example, determine the start time domain position of Tproc,2).
如图22中的(a)和(b)所示，图22中的(a)和(b)是本申请实施例提供的另一种PDCCH配置示意图。As shown in (a) and (b) in FIG. 22 , (a) and (b) in FIG. 22 are schematic diagrams of another PDCCH configuration provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图22中的(a)为当individual PDCCH candidate上检测到DCI格式2_0时终端设备确定Tproc,2的方式；图22中的(b)为当individual PDCCH candidate上未检测到DCI格式2_0时终端设备确定Tproc,2的方式。(a) in Figure 22 is the way the terminal device determines Tproc,2 when DCI format 2_0 is detected on the individual PDCCH candidate; (b) in Figure 22 is when the terminal device does not detect DCI format 2_0 on the individual PDCCH candidate The way to determine Tproc,2.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，终端设备根据网络设备的配置信息(例如，上述的第一配置信息)确定linked PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第一候选PDCCH)与individual PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第二候选PDCCH)满足count one条件，且终端设备在individual PDCCH candidate监听到的DCI满足如下条件中的至少一个时：As another possible implementation, the terminal device determines the linked PDCCH candidate (for example, the first candidate PDCCH above) and the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the above-mentioned first candidate PDCCH) according to the configuration information of the network device (for example, the above-mentioned first configuration information) The second candidate PDCCH) satisfies the count one condition, and the DCI monitored by the terminal device on the individual PDCCH candidate meets at least one of the following conditions:
(1)监听到的DCI的CRC是由C-RNTI加扰且这个DCI中的Bandwidth part indicator域指示的BWP ID不是active BWP ID；(1) The CRC of the monitored DCI is scrambled by C-RNTI and the BWP ID indicated by the Bandwidth part indicator field in this DCI is not the active BWP ID;
(2)监听到的DCI的CRC是由C-RNTI加扰且这个DCI中的Time domain resource assignment域指示PDCCH mapping type A时，(2) When the CRC of the monitored DCI is scrambled by C-RNTI and the Time domain resource assignment field in this DCI indicates PDCCH mapping type A,
终端设备按照Rel-15协议规定的方式确定所述起始时域位置。The terminal device determines the starting time domain position according to the manner stipulated in the Rel-15 protocol.
例如，当所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同，所述起始时域位置为所述激活的BWP切换处理时间的第二起始OFDM符号，所述第二起始OFDM符号为所述第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号。For example, when the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked and the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the active BWP index, the starting time domain position is the time of the active BWP handover processing time A second initial OFDM symbol, where the second initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located.
还例如，当所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A时，所述起始时域位置为调度PDSCH的第三起始OFDM符号，所述第三起始OFDM符号为所述第二候选PDCCH所在 时隙的起始OFDM符号。For another example, when the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, the starting time domain position is the scheduling A third initial OFDM symbol of the PDSCH, where the third initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located.
不满足上述两个条件，按照Rel-17协议规定的方式确定所述起始时域位置。If the above two conditions are not satisfied, the initial time domain position is determined according to the manner stipulated in the Rel-17 protocol.
例如，终端设备根据RRC参数配置确定一对linked PDCCH candidate中有一个与individual PDCCH candidate满足count one的条件，那么无论在这个重叠资源上监听到的DCI是通过individual PDCCH的方式发送的还是通过linked PDCCH的方式发送，都会按照linked PDCCH发送的方式进行理解。For example, if the terminal device determines that one of a pair of linked PDCCH candidates and the individual PDCCH candidate meet the condition of count one according to the RRC parameter configuration, then no matter whether the DCI monitored on this overlapping resource is sent through the individual PDCCH or through the linked PDCCH It will be understood according to the way linked PDCCH is sent.
如情况一所示，终端设备能够根据所属的搜索空间集合的配置信息包含的DCI的格式是否为DCI格式2_0，以及解析得到的第二候选PDCCH中承载的DCI内容确定自身的行为是按照Rel-15协议规定的方式确定所述起始时域位置，还是按照Rel-17协议规定方式确定所述起始时域位置。As shown in case 1, the terminal device can determine whether its own behavior is in accordance with the Rel- 15 protocol to determine the initial time domain position, or to determine the initial time domain position in the manner specified in the Rel-17 protocol.
作为一种可能的实现方式，还可以通过重新定义起始时域位置的方式，以使得终端设备和网络设备对于起始时域位置的理解统一，下面结合情况二行说明。As a possible implementation, it is also possible to redefine the starting time domain position, so that the terminal device and the network device have a unified understanding of the starting time domain position, and the following description will be made in conjunction with the second line of the case.
情况二：Case two:
在所述DCI满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述终端设备根据所述DCI时隙的下一个时隙的时域位置确定所述起始时域位置；When the DCI satisfies the second condition, the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the next time slot of the DCI time slot;
在所述DCI不满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述终端设备根据所述DCI时隙的时域位置确定所述起始时域位置。If the DCI does not satisfy the second condition, the terminal device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the DCI time slot.
作为一种可能的实现方式，在该DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩的情况下，该起始时域位置为该DCI指示时隙格式的第一起始时隙，该第一起始时隙为该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙。As a possible implementation, in the case that the CRC of the DCI is masked by SFI-RNTI, the starting time domain position is the first starting time slot of the time slot format indicated by the DCI, and the first starting time slot is The next slot of the slot where the DCI is located.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，在该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同的情况下，该起始时域位置为激活BWP切换处理时间的第四起始OFDM符号，该第四起始OFDM符号为该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙的第一个OFDM符号。As another possible implementation, when the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked and the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the active BWP index, the starting time domain position is the active BWP The fourth initial OFDM symbol of the switching processing time, where the fourth initial OFDM symbol is the first OFDM symbol of the next slot of the slot where the DCI is located.
作为又一种可能的实现方式，在该DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且该DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A的情况下，该起始时域位置为调度PDSCH的第二起始时隙，该第二起始时隙为该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙。As yet another possible implementation, when the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A, the initial The time domain position is the second starting time slot for scheduling the PDSCH, and the second starting time slot is the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located.
上面结合情况一和情况二介绍了终端设备如何确定起始时域位置，需要说明的是，为了保证终端设备和网络设备对于起始时域位置理解一致，在图21所示的方法中，网络设备也需要按照终端设备侧所示的确定起始时域位置的方式确定该起始时域位置，例如，在网络设备发送DCI之前确定该起始时域位置，或者，还可以在发送DCI之后确定该起始时域位置，该实施例中对于网络设备确定起始时域位置的时机不限定，图21所示的方法流程还包括：The above describes how the terminal device determines the initial time domain position in combination with case 1 and case 2. It should be noted that, in order to ensure that the terminal device and the network device have the same understanding of the initial time domain position, in the method shown in Figure 21, the network The device also needs to determine the initial time domain position according to the method of determining the initial time domain position shown on the terminal device side, for example, determine the initial time domain position before the network device sends the DCI, or after sending the DCI Determine the initial time domain position. In this embodiment, there is no limit to the timing of the network device determining the initial time domain position. The method flow shown in FIG. 21 also includes:
S2111，网络设备确定是否满足第二条件。S2111. The network device determines whether the second condition is met.
第二条件可以参考上述的S2140中的描述，这里不再赘述。For the second condition, reference may be made to the description in S2140 above, which will not be repeated here.
对应于上述终端设备根据第二条件确定处理DCI的起始时域位置包括的两种情况，网络设备根据第二条件确定处理DCI的起始时域位置包括以下两种情况：Corresponding to the above two situations in which the terminal device determines the starting time domain position for processing DCI according to the second condition, the network device determines the starting time domain position for processing DCI according to the second condition includes the following two situations:
情况一：Case 1:
在所述DCI满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述网络设备根据所述第二候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置；If the DCI satisfies the second condition, the network device determines a starting time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH;
在所述DCI不满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述网络设备根据所述第一候选PDCCH和/或第三候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置。If the DCI does not satisfy the second condition, the network device determines a starting time domain position according to the time domain positions of the first PDCCH candidate and/or the third PDCCH candidate.
作为一种可能的实现方式，网络设备根据配置信息(例如，上述的第一配置信息)确定需要在individual PDCCH candidate(例如，上述的第二候选PDCCH)上监听DCI格式2_0时，根据在individual PDCCH candidate上承载的DCI的CRC加掩的RNTI来确定网络设备的行为，具体情况可以参考上述的终端设备根据第二条件确定处理DCI的起始时域位置中的情况一的描述，这里不再赘述。As a possible implementation, when the network device determines that DCI format 2_0 needs to be monitored on the individual PDCCH candidate (for example, the second candidate PDCCH mentioned above) according to the configuration information (for example, the above-mentioned first configuration information), according to the individual PDCCH The CRC masked RNTI of the DCI carried on the candidate is used to determine the behavior of the network device. For details, please refer to the description of the above-mentioned case 1 in which the terminal device determines the initial time domain position for processing DCI according to the second condition, and will not repeat it here. .
情况二：Case two:
在所述DCI满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述网络设备根据所述DCI时隙的下一个时隙的时域位置确定所述起始时域位置；If the DCI satisfies the second condition, the network device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the next time slot of the DCI time slot;
在所述DCI不满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述网络设备根据所述DCI时隙的时域位置确定所述起始时域位置。If the DCI does not satisfy the second condition, the network device determines the initial time domain position according to the time domain position of the DCI time slot.
具体情况可以参考上述的终端设备根据第二条件确定处理DCI的起始时域位置中的情况二的描述，这里不再赘述。For details, reference may be made to the description of the second case in which the terminal device determines the initial time-domain position for processing the DCI according to the second condition, and details are not repeated here.
示例性地，在图21所示的方法中，用于PDCCH重复传输的第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置在第一时隙的前三个正交频分多路复用OFDM符号中的至少一个，用于PDCCH重复传输的第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为该第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号之外的OFDM符号。Exemplarily, in the method shown in FIG. 21 , the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH repeated transmission is at least in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot One, the position in the time domain corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH used for repeated PDCCH transmission is an OFDM symbol other than the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot.
本申请还提供一种PDCCH检测时机上配置候选PDCCH的方法，如下所述：The present application also provides a method for configuring a candidate PDCCH at a PDCCH detection opportunity, as follows:
配置第一候选PDCCH(或者还可以称为第一PDCCH候选)关联第三候选PDCCH。第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH的盲检测次数总计为x。Configure the first PDCCH candidate (or may also be referred to as the first PDCCH candidate) to be associated with the third PDCCH candidate. The total number of times of blind detection of the first PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate is x.
第二候选PDCCH与所述第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件，或者，第二候选PDCCH与所述第三候选PDCCH满足第一条件，The second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition, or the second candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition,
所述第一条件为第二候选PDCCH与所述第一候选PDCCH占用的时频资源重叠且在第二候选PDCCH与所述第一候选PDCCH上使用相同的DCI比特长度，扰码序列且对应相同的控制资源集合CORESET；或者，The first condition is that the time-frequency resources occupied by the second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH overlap and the second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH use the same DCI bit length, scrambling code sequence and correspond to the same The control resource set CORESET; or,
所述第一条件为第二候选PDCCH与所述第三候选PDCCH占用的时频资源重叠且在第二候选PDCCH与所述第三候选PDCCH上使用相同的DCI比特长度，扰码序列且对应相同的控制资源集合CORESET。The first condition is that the time-frequency resources occupied by the second candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH overlap and the second candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH use the same DCI bit length, scrambling code sequence and correspond to the same The control resource set CORESET.
具体地，所述第三候选PDCCH不关联其他候选PDCCH，所述第三候选PDCCH不计盲检测次数。Specifically, the third candidate PDCCH is not associated with other candidate PDCCHs, and the third candidate PDCCH does not count the number of times of blind detection.
具体的，在所述第二候选PDCCH与所述第一候选PDCCH满足第一条件，所述第二候选PDCCH与所述第三候选PDCCH满足第一条件时，所述第一候选PDCCH、所述第二候选PDCCH和所述第三候选PDCCH对应的盲检测次数总计为x。Specifically, when the second PDCCH candidate and the first PDCCH candidate meet the first condition, and when the second PDCCH candidate and the third PDCCH candidate meet the first condition, the first PDCCH candidate, the PDCCH candidate The total number of times of blind detection corresponding to the second candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH is x.
可选的，当x＝2时，终端设备检测所述第二候选PDCCH。Optionally, when x=2, the terminal device detects the second PDCCH candidate.
可选的，当x＝3时，终端设备上报是否检测所述第候选二PDCCH。Optionally, when x=3, the terminal device reports whether to detect the second PDCCH candidate.
可选的，当x＝3时，所述第一候选PDCCH对应的盲检测次数为1，所述第三候选 PDCCH对应的盲检测次数为2，所述第二候选PDCCH与所述第一候选PDCCH关联时，终端设备检测所述第二候选PDCCH，当所述第二候选PDCCH与所述第三候选PDCCH关联时，终端设备不检测所述第二候选PDCCH。Optionally, when x=3, the number of blind detections corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is 1, the number of blind detections corresponding to the third candidate PDCCH is 2, and the second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate When the PDCCHs are associated, the terminal device detects the second PDCCH candidate, and when the second PDCCH candidate is associated with the third PDCCH candidate, the terminal device does not detect the second PDCCH candidate.
可选的，终端设备根据x取值确定是否检测所述第二候选PDCCH。Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to detect the second PDCCH candidate according to the value of x.
可选的，终端设备上报所述x取值，示例性的，x取值为2或者3。Optionally, the terminal device reports the value of x, for example, the value of x is 2 or 3.
可选的，终端设备根据上报的所述x取值确定是否检测所述第二候选PDCCH。Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to detect the second PDCCH candidate according to the reported value of x.
可选的，当所述第二候选PDCCH关联第四候选PDCCH时，所述第二候选PDCCH和所述第四候选PDCCH的盲检测次数总计为x。Optionally, when the second candidate PDCCH is associated with a fourth candidate PDCCH, the total number of times of blind detection of the second candidate PDCCH and the fourth candidate PDCCH is x.
可选的，当所述第二候选PDCCH关联第四候选PDCCH，所述第二候选PDCCH和所述第一候选PDCCH占用的时频资源重叠，且所述第二候选PDCCH的搜索空间集合索引值小于所述第四候选PDCCH的搜索空间索引值，所述第一候选PDCCH的搜索空间集合索引值小于所述第三候选PDCCH的搜索空间集合索引值，则所述第二候选PDCCH不计盲检测次数。Optionally, when the second candidate PDCCH is associated with the fourth candidate PDCCH, the time-frequency resources occupied by the second candidate PDCCH and the first candidate PDCCH overlap, and the search space set index value of the second candidate PDCCH is less than the search space index value of the fourth candidate PDCCH, and the search space set index value of the first candidate PDCCH is less than the search space set index value of the third candidate PDCCH, then the second candidate PDCCH does not count the number of blind detection times .
具体的，所述第一候选PDCCH、第二候选PDCCH、第三候选PDCCH、第四候选PDCCH对应的盲检测次数总计为2x-1。Specifically, the total number of times of blind detection corresponding to the first PDCCH candidate, the second PDCCH candidate, the third PDCCH candidate, and the fourth PDCCH candidate is 2x-1.
配置N个候选PDCCH对，其中，每个候选PDCCH对中包括两个相互关联的候选PDCCH，所述N个候选PDCCH对满足第四条件，该第四条件包括：Configure N candidate PDCCH pairs, where each candidate PDCCH pair includes two interrelated candidate PDCCHs, and the N candidate PDCCH pairs satisfy a fourth condition, and the fourth condition includes:
时域上相互重叠的候选PDCCH对的数量不超过K，K为小于等于N的整数，N为整数，其中，时域上相互重叠的两个候选PDCCH对是：假设第一候选PDCCH对的起止时域位置分别为n1和n2，第二候选PDCCH对的起止时域位置分别为m1和m2，则第一候选PDCCH对和第二候选PDCCH对在时域上相互重叠满足：n1≤m2且n2≥m1；候选对中的第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH的起始时域位置为第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH中时域起始较早的候选PDCCH的起始OFDM符号位置，结束时域位置为第一候选PDCCH和第三候选PDCCH中时域结束较晚的候选PDCCH的结束OFDM符号位置。The number of overlapping candidate PDCCH pairs in the time domain does not exceed K, K is an integer less than or equal to N, and N is an integer, where the two overlapping candidate PDCCH pairs in the time domain are: Assuming the start and end of the first candidate PDCCH pair The time domain positions are n1 and n2 respectively, and the start and end time domain positions of the second candidate PDCCH pair are m1 and m2 respectively, then the first candidate PDCCH pair and the second candidate PDCCH pair overlap each other in the time domain to satisfy: n1≤m2 and n2 ≥m1; the starting time domain position of the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH in the candidate pair is the starting OFDM symbol position of the candidate PDCCH whose time domain starts earlier in the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH, end The time domain position is the end OFDM symbol position of the candidate PDCCH whose time domain ends later among the first candidate PDCCH and the third candidate PDCCH.
可选的，K为协议预先设定的，或者，K为终端设备上报的。Optionally, K is preset by the protocol, or K is reported by the terminal device.
可选的，K与N无关。Optionally, K is independent of N.
为了便于理解，下面结合图23对PDCCH检测时机上配置候选PDCCH进行说明，图23中的(a)至(c)为PDCCH检测时机上配置候选PDCCH的示意图。For ease of understanding, the configuration of candidate PDCCHs at PDCCH detection opportunities will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 23 . (a) to (c) in FIG. 23 are schematic diagrams of configuring candidate PDCCHs at PDCCH detection opportunities.
示例性的，如下图23中的(a)所示，在两个PDCCH检测时机上分别配置了4个候选PDCCH，其中，分别位于两个PDCCH检测时机上的候选PDCCH ID相同但搜索空间集合不同的两个候选PDCCH相互关联。Exemplarily, as shown in (a) in Figure 23 below, four candidate PDCCHs are respectively configured on two PDCCH detection opportunities, wherein the candidate PDCCH IDs on the two PDCCH detection opportunities are the same but the search space sets are different The two PDCCH candidates are associated with each other.
则在图23中的(a)所示的配置方式下时域上相互重叠的候选PDCCH对的最大数量为4。Then, in the configuration shown in (a) of FIG. 23 , the maximum number of candidate PDCCH pairs overlapping each other in the time domain is four.
如下图23中的(b)所示，分别在8个PDCCH检测时机上配置了8个候选PDCCH，其中每个检测时机上有一个候选PDCCH，且PDCCH检测时机#1上的候选PDCCH和PDCCH检测时机#5上的候选PDCCH关联，PDCCH检测时机#2上的候选PDCCH和PDCCH检测时机#6上的候选PDCCH关联，以此类推，则在图23中的(b)所示的配置方式下时域上相互重叠的候选PDCCH对的最大数量为4。As shown in (b) in Figure 23 below, 8 candidate PDCCHs are configured on 8 PDCCH detection opportunities, where there is one candidate PDCCH on each detection opportunity, and the candidate PDCCH and PDCCH detection on PDCCH detection opportunity #1 Candidate PDCCH association on opportunity #5, candidate PDCCH association on PDCCH detection opportunity #2 and candidate PDCCH association on PDCCH detection opportunity #6, and so on, in the configuration shown in (b) in Figure 23 The maximum number of overlapping candidate PDCCH pairs on the field is 4.
如下图23中的(c)所示，分别在8个PDCCH检测时机上配置了8个候选PDCCH，其中每个检测时机上有一个候选PDCCH，且PDCCH检测时机#1上的候选PDCCH和PDCCH检测时机#2上的候选PDCCH关联，PDCCH检测时机#3上的候选PDCCH和PDCCH检测时机#4上的候选PDCCH关联，以此类推，则在图23中的(c)所示的配置方式下时域上相互重叠的候选PDCCH对的最大数量为1。As shown in (c) in Figure 23 below, 8 candidate PDCCHs are configured on 8 PDCCH detection occasions, and there is one candidate PDCCH on each detection occasion, and the candidate PDCCH and PDCCH detection on PDCCH detection occasion #1 Candidate PDCCH association on opportunity #2, candidate PDCCH association on PDCCH detection opportunity #3 and candidate PDCCH association on PDCCH detection opportunity #4, and so on, in the configuration shown in (c) in Figure 23 The maximum number of overlapping candidate PDCCH pairs on the field is 1.
应理解，本申请实施例中的图19和图21所示的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例，而非限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，具体实施例中的流程均以PDCCH为例进行描述，并不限定本申请提供的通信的方法只能适用于PDCCH，其他物理下行信道也适用；还例如，具体实施例中的流程均以OFDM为例进行描述，还可以为其他时间单元粒度，本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that the specific examples shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 21 in the embodiment of the present application are only for helping those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiment of the present application, rather than limiting the scope of the embodiment of the present application. For example, the processes in the specific embodiments are all described using PDCCH as an example, and it is not limited that the communication method provided by this application can only be applied to PDCCH, and other physical downlink channels are also applicable; for example, the processes in the specific embodiments are all described in OFDM is described as an example, and other time unit granularities may also be used, which is not limited in this application.
还应理解，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解，在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should also be understood that in each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments New embodiments can be formed by combining them according to their inherent logical relationships.
还应理解，在上述一些实施例中，主要以现有的网络架构中的设备为例进行了示例性说明(如网络设备，终端设备等)，应理解，对于设备的具体形式本申请实施例不作限定。例如，在未来可以实现同样功能的设备都适用于本申请实施例。It should also be understood that in some of the above embodiments, the equipment in the existing network architecture is used as an example for illustration (such as network equipment, terminal equipment, etc.). Not limited. For example, devices that can implement the same function in the future are applicable to this embodiment of the application.
可以理解的是，上述各个方法实施例中，由网络设备实现的方法和操作，也可以由可用于网络设备的部件实现；由终端设备实现的方法和操作，也可以由可用于终端设备的部件实现。It can be understood that, in the above method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by the network equipment may also be implemented by components applicable to the network equipment; the methods and operations implemented by the terminal equipment may also be implemented by components applicable to the terminal equipment accomplish.
以上，结合图19和图21详细说明了本申请实施例提供的通信的方法。上述通信的方法主要从网络设备和终端设备之间交互的角度进行了介绍。可以理解的是，网络设备和终端设备，为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 19 and FIG. 21 . The foregoing communication method is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network device and the terminal device. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the network device and the terminal device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
以下，结合图24和图25详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信的装置。应理解，装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应，因此，未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例，为了简洁，部分内容不再赘述。Hereinafter, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 . It should be understood that the descriptions of the device embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the method embodiments. Therefore, for content that is not described in detail, reference may be made to the method embodiments above. For brevity, some content will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the transmitting end device or the receiving end device according to the above method example, for example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module middle. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. In the following, description will be made by taking the division of each functional module corresponding to each function as an example.
图24是本申请实施例提供的装置2400的示意性框图。该装置2400包括收发单元 2410和处理单元2420。收发单元2410可以实现相应的通信功能，处理单元2420用于进行数据处理。收发单元2410还可以称为通信接口或通信单元，收发单元2410实现获取信息功能的情况下，还可以称为获取单元。Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 2400 includes a transceiver unit 2410 and a processing unit 2420. The transceiver unit 2410 can implement a corresponding communication function, and the processing unit 2420 is used for data processing. The transceiver unit 2410 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit, and when the transceiver unit 2410 realizes the function of acquiring information, it may also be called an acquisition unit.
可选地，该装置2400还可以包括存储单元，该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据，处理单元2420可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据，以使得装置实现前述方法实施例。Optionally, the device 2400 may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 2420 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the aforementioned method embodiments .
该装置2400可以用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备所执行的动作，这时，该装置2400可以为网络设备或者可配置于网络设备的部件，收发单元2410用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的收发相关的操作，处理单元2420用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理相关的操作。The apparatus 2400 can be used to execute the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. At this time, the apparatus 2400 can be a network device or a component that can be configured in the network device, and the transceiver unit 2410 is used to execute the above method embodiment. For operations related to sending and receiving on the network device side, the processing unit 2420 is configured to perform processing-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
该装置2400还可以用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作，这时，该装置2400可以为终端设备或者可配置于终端设备的部件，收发单元2410用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的收发相关的操作，处理单元2420用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的处理相关的操作。The device 2400 can also be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments. At this time, the device 2400 can be a terminal device or a component that can be configured in the terminal device, and the transceiver unit 2410 is used to perform the implementation of the above method. In the example, for operations related to sending and receiving on the network device side, the processing unit 2420 is configured to perform operations related to processing on the terminal device side in the above method embodiments.
作为一种设计，该装置2400用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。As a design, the apparatus 2400 is configured to perform the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
一种可能的实现方式，处理单元2420，用于根据预设规则确定第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；A possible implementation manner, the processing unit 2420 is configured to determine first configuration information according to a preset rule, where the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for PDCCH repeated transmission and a candidate PDCCH for PDCCH independent transmission;
收发单元2410，用于向终端设备发送该第一配置信息，其中，该预设规则包括该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个正交频分多路复用OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件。The transceiver unit 2410 is configured to send the first configuration information to the terminal device, wherein the preset rule includes that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs for PDCCH repeated transmission are the first three orthogonal frequency divisions of the time slot Multiplexing at least one OFDM symbol among the OFDM symbols, the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission satisfy the first condition.
另一种可能的实现方式，处理单元2420，用于配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH，该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与该第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件；In another possible implementation, the processing unit 2420 is configured to configure two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and a second candidate PDCCH for independent transmission of the PDCCH, the two candidates for repeated transmission of the PDCCH The first PDCCH candidate among the PDCCH candidates satisfies the first condition with the second PDCCH candidate;
收发单元2410，用于在该第二候选PDCCH上向终端设备分别发送用于确定该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和该第二候选PDCCH的下行控制信息DCI。The transceiving unit 2410 is configured to respectively send downlink control information DCI for determining the two candidate PDCCHs for PDCCH repeated transmission and the second candidate PDCCH to the terminal equipment on the second candidate PDCCH.
该装置2400可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程，该装置2400可以包括用于执行方法实施例中的网络设备执行的方法的单元。并且，该装置2400中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法实施例中的网络设备中的方法实施例的相应流程。The apparatus 2400 may implement the steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the network device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2400 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the network device in the method embodiment. Moreover, each unit in the apparatus 2400 and other operations and/or functions described above are respectively for realizing the corresponding process of the method embodiment in the network device in the method embodiment.
其中，当该装置2400用于执行图19中的方法时，收发单元2410可用于执行方法中的收发步骤，如步骤S1920和S1930；处理单元2420可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S1910。Wherein, when the apparatus 2400 is used to execute the method in FIG. 19 , the transceiving unit 2410 can be used to perform the transceiving steps in the method, such as steps S1920 and S1930; the processing unit 2420 can be used to perform the processing steps in the method, such as step S1910.
当该装置2400用于执行图21中的方法时，收发单元2410可用于执行方法中的收发步骤，如步骤S2110和S2120；处理单元2420可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S2150。When the device 2400 is used to execute the method in FIG. 21 , the transceiving unit 2410 can be used to execute the transceiving steps in the method, such as steps S2110 and S2120; the processing unit 2420 can be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S2150.
应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
作为另一种设计，该装置2400用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。As another design, the apparatus 2400 is configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
一种可能的实现方式，收发单元2410，用于接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to receive first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and two candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH Candidate PDCCH;
处理单元2420，用于当该第一配置信息满足第三条件时，监听用于PDCCH重复传输的候选PDCCH，监听用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH；The processing unit 2420 is configured to, when the first configuration information satisfies the third condition, monitor a candidate PDCCH for PDCCH repeated transmission, and monitor a second candidate PDCCH for PDCCH independent transmission;
当该第一配置信息不满足该第三条件时，判断该第一配置信息为错误配置信息，其中，该第三条件包括用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为时隙的前三个正交频分多路复用OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，该用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与该第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件。When the first configuration information does not meet the third condition, it is judged that the first configuration information is wrong configuration information, wherein the third condition includes that the time domain positions corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission are time slots At least one OFDM symbol among the first three OFDM symbols, the first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission, and the second candidate PDCCH satisfy the first condition.
另一种可能的实现方式，收发单元2410，用于接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to receive first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and two candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH candidate PDCCH;
处理单元2420，用于监听该第二候选PDCCH；a processing unit 2420, configured to monitor the second candidate PDCCH;
处理单元2420，还用于确定在该第二候选PDCCH上监听到的DCI是否满足第二条件；在该DCI满足该第二条件的情况下，处理单元2420根据该第二候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置，该起始时域位置用于标识一个OFDM符号；在该DCI不满足该第二条件的情况下，处理单元2420根据该用于PDCCH重复传输的第一候选PDCCH和/或第三候选PDCCH的时域位置确定该起始时域位置。The processing unit 2420 is further configured to determine whether the DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies a second condition; if the DCI satisfies the second condition, the processing unit 2420 Determine a starting time domain position, where the starting time domain position is used to identify an OFDM symbol; in the case that the DCI does not meet the second condition, the processing unit 2420 uses the first candidate PDCCH for PDCCH retransmission and/or Or the time domain position of the third candidate PDCCH determines the start time domain position.
又一种可能的实现方式，收发单元2410，用于接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息，该第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；In yet another possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to receive first configuration information from the network device, the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and two candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH candidate PDCCH;
处理单元2420，用于监听该第二候选PDCCH；a processing unit 2420, configured to monitor the second candidate PDCCH;
处理单元2420，还用于确定在该第二候选PDCCH上监听到的DCI是否满足第二条件；在该DCI满足该第二条件的情况下，处理单元2420根据该DCI位于的时隙的下一个时隙的时域位置确定起始时域位置，该起始时域位置用于标识一个OFDM符号；在该DCI不满足该第二条件的情况下，处理单元2420根据该DCI位于的时隙的时域位置确定该起始时域位置。The processing unit 2420 is further configured to determine whether the DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies a second condition; in the case that the DCI satisfies the second condition, the processing unit 2420 according to the next time slot of the time slot where the DCI is located The time domain position of the time slot determines the initial time domain position, and the initial time domain position is used to identify an OFDM symbol; in the case that the DCI does not meet the second condition, the processing unit 2420 according to the position of the time slot where the DCI is located The temporal location determines the starting temporal location.
该装置2400可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程，该装置2400可以包括用于执行方法实施例中的终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且，该装置2400中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法实施例中的终端设备中的方法实施例的相应流程。The apparatus 2400 may implement the steps or procedures corresponding to the execution of the terminal device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2400 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the method embodiment. In addition, each unit in the apparatus 2400 and other operations and/or functions described above are respectively for realizing the corresponding process of the method embodiment in the terminal device in the method embodiment.
其中，当该装置2400用于执行图19中的方法时，收发单元2410可用于执行方法中的收发步骤，如步骤S1920和S1930；处理单元2420可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S1940。Wherein, when the apparatus 2400 is used to execute the method in FIG. 19 , the transceiving unit 2410 can be used to perform the transceiving steps in the method, such as steps S1920 and S1930; the processing unit 2420 can be used to perform the processing steps in the method, such as step S1940.
当该装置2400用于执行图21中的方法时，收发单元2410可用于执行方法中的收发步骤，如步骤S2110和S2120；处理单元2420可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S2130和S2140。When the apparatus 2400 is used to execute the method in FIG. 21 , the transceiving unit 2410 can be used to execute the transceiving steps in the method, such as steps S2110 and S2120; the processing unit 2420 can be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as steps S2130 and S2140.
应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
上文实施例中的处理单元2420可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发单元2410可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。存储单元可以通过至少一个存储器实现。The processing unit 2420 in the above embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuits. The transceiver unit 2410 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuits. The storage unit can be realized by at least one memory.
如图25所示，本申请实施例还提供一种装置2500。该装置2500包括处理器2510，还可以包括一个或多个存储器2520。处理器2510与存储器2520耦合，存储器2520用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据，处理器2510用于执行存储器2520存储的计算机程序或指令和/或数据，使得上文方法实施例中的方法被执行。可选地，该装置2500包括的处理器2510为一个或多个。As shown in FIG. 25 , the embodiment of the present application also provides a device 2500 . The apparatus 2500 includes a processor 2510 and may further include one or more memories 2520 . The processor 2510 is coupled with the memory 2520, and the memory 2520 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 2510 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory 2520, so that the methods in the above method embodiments be executed. Optionally, the apparatus 2500 includes one or more processors 2510 .
可选地，该存储器2520可以与该处理器2510集成在一起，或者分离设置。Optionally, the memory 2520 may be integrated with the processor 2510, or set separately.
可选地，如图25所示，该装置2500还可以包括收发器2530，收发器2530用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如，处理器2510用于控制收发器2530进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 25, the apparatus 2500 may further include a transceiver 2530, and the transceiver 2530 is used for receiving and/or sending signals. For example, the processor 2510 is configured to control the transceiver 2530 to receive and/or send signals.
作为一种方案，该装置2500用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的操作。As a solution, the apparatus 2500 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
作为另一种方案，该装置2500用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。As another solution, the apparatus 2500 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有用于实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备执行的方法的计算机指令。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiment are stored.
例如，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，使得该计算机可以实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有用于实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法的计算机指令。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments are stored.
例如，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，使得该计算机可以实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被计算机执行时使得该计算机实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the computer implements the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被计算机执行时使得该计算机实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the computer implements the method executed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信***，该通信***包括上文实施例中的网络设备和终端设备。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the network device and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例，此处不再赘述。For explanations and beneficial effects of relevant content in any of the devices provided above, reference may be made to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and details are not repeated here.
应理解，本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
还应理解，本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)。例如，RAM可以用作外部高速缓存。作为示例而非限定，RAM可以包括如下多种形式：静态随机存取存储器(static RAM， SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a nonvolatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM). For example, RAM can be used as an external cache. As an example and not limitation, RAM can include the following multiple forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM) , double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and Direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是，当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时，存储器(存储模块)可以集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components, the memory (storage module) may be integrated in the processor.
还需要说明的是，本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的保护范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professionals may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the protection scope of the present application.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。此外，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元实现本申请提供的方案。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to implement the solutions provided in this application.
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。例如，所述计算机可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD)等。例如，前述的可用介质可以包括但不限于：U盘、移动硬盘、只读 存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. For example, the computer may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD) etc. For example, the aforementioned available medium may include But not limited to: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (16)

  1. 一种通信的方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized by comprising:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；The terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, where the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH;
    所述用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，The first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission and the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission meet the first condition,
    所述终端设备监听所述第二候选PDCCH，The terminal device monitors the second candidate PDCCH,
    所述终端设备确定在所述第二候选PDCCH上监听到的下行控制信息DCI是否满足第二条件；The terminal device determines whether the downlink control information DCI monitored on the second candidate PDCCH satisfies a second condition;
    在所述DCI满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述终端设备根据所述第二候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置；When the DCI satisfies the second condition, the terminal device determines a starting time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH;
    在所述DCI不满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述终端设备根据所述用于PDCCH重复传输的所述第一候选PDCCH和/或第三候选PDCCH的时域位置确定所述起始时域位置，In the case that the DCI does not satisfy the second condition, the terminal device determines the starting time domain position,
    其中，所述第一条件包括：Wherein, the first condition includes:
    所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI大小相同。The time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH The control resource sets corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs are the same, and the DCI sizes corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二条件包括以下至少一项：The method according to claim 1, wherein the second condition comprises at least one of the following:
    所述DCI的循环冗余校验CRC为时隙格式指示无线网络临时标识SFI-RNTI加掩、所述DCI的CRC为小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的部分带宽BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。The cyclic redundancy check CRC of the DCI is a time slot format indication wireless network temporary identifier SFI-RNTI masking, the CRC of the DCI is a cell wireless network temporary identifier C-RNTI masking, and part of the bandwidth BWP in the DCI The BWP index indicated by the field is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 2, characterized in that,
    当所述DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩时，所述起始时域位置为PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2的第一起始正交频分多路复用OFDM符号，所述第一起始OFDM符号为所述第二候选PDCCH的结束OFDM符号的下一个OFDM符号；When the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masking, the initial time domain position is the first initial OFDM symbol of the PUSCH processing time Tproc, 2, and the first initial OFDM symbol be the next OFDM symbol of the end OFDM symbol of the second candidate PDCCH;
    当所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同时，所述起始时域位置为所述激活的BWP切换处理时间的第二起始OFDM符号，所述第二起始OFDM符号为所述第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号；When the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked and the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the active BWP index, the starting time domain position is the first time of the active BWP switching processing time Two initial OFDM symbols, where the second initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located;
    当所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的时域资源分配域指示DSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A时，所述起始时域位置为调度PDSCH的第三起始OFDM符号，所述第三起始OFDM符号为所述第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号。When the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the DSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A, the starting time domain position is the third starting OFDM for scheduling PDSCH symbol, the third initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置在第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，所述第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为所述第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号之外的OFDM符号。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, and the first The time domain positions corresponding to the three candidate PDCCHs are OFDM symbols other than the first three OFDM symbols in the first time slot.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二条件为协议预定义的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the second condition is predefined by a protocol.
  6. 一种通信的方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized by comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息配置用于物理下行控制信道PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH和用于PDCCH独立传输的候选PDCCH；The network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information configures two candidate PDCCHs for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and candidate PDCCHs for independent transmission of the PDCCH;
    所述用于PDCCH重复传输的两个候选PDCCH中的第一候选PDCCH，与用于PDCCH独立传输的第二候选PDCCH满足第一条件，The first candidate PDCCH among the two candidate PDCCHs used for PDCCH repeated transmission and the second candidate PDCCH used for PDCCH independent transmission meet the first condition,
    所述网络设备在所述第二候选PDCCH上发送下行控制信息DCI，The network device sends downlink control information DCI on the second candidate PDCCH,
    所述网络设备确定所述DCI是否满足第二条件；The network device determines whether the DCI satisfies a second condition;
    在所述DCI满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述网络设备根据所述第二候选PDCCH的时域位置确定起始时域位置；If the DCI satisfies the second condition, the network device determines a starting time domain position according to the time domain position of the second candidate PDCCH;
    在所述DCI不满足所述第二条件的情况下，所述网络设备根据所述用于PDCCH重复传输的所述第一候选PDCCH和/或第三候选PDCCH的时域位置确定所述起始时域位置，When the DCI does not satisfy the second condition, the network device determines the start of time domain position,
    其中，所述第一条件包括：Wherein, the first condition includes:
    所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的时频资源相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的扰码序列相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的控制资源集合相同、所述第一候选PDCCH和所述第二候选PDCCH对应的DCI大小相同。The time-frequency resources corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the scrambling code sequences corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same, the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH The control resource sets corresponding to the two candidate PDCCHs are the same, and the DCI sizes corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH and the second candidate PDCCH are the same.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二条件包括以下至少一项：The method according to claim 6, wherein the second condition comprises at least one of the following:
    所述DCI的循环冗余校验CRC为时隙格式指示无线网络临时标识SFI-RNTI加掩、所述DCI的CRC为小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的部分带宽BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同、所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的时域资源分配域指示物理下行共享信道PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A。The cyclic redundancy check CRC of the DCI is a time slot format indication wireless network temporary identifier SFI-RNTI masking, the CRC of the DCI is a cell wireless network temporary identifier C-RNTI masking, and part of the bandwidth BWP in the DCI The BWP index indicated by the field is different from the activated BWP index, the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking, and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH mapping method is PDSCH mapping method A.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 7, characterized in that,
    当所述DCI的CRC为SFI-RNTI加掩时，所述起始时域位置为PUSCH处理时间Tproc,2的第一起始正交频分多路复用OFDM符号，所述第一起始OFDM符号为所述第二候选PDCCH的结束OFDM符号的下一个OFDM符号；When the CRC of the DCI is SFI-RNTI masking, the initial time domain position is the first initial OFDM symbol of the PUSCH processing time Tproc, 2, and the first initial OFDM symbol be the next OFDM symbol of the end OFDM symbol of the second candidate PDCCH;
    当所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的BWP域指示的BWP索引与激活的BWP索引不同时，所述起始时域位置为所述激活的BWP切换处理时间的第二起始OFDM符号，所述第二起始OFDM符号为所述第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号；When the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masked and the BWP index indicated by the BWP field in the DCI is different from the active BWP index, the starting time domain position is the first time of the active BWP switching processing time Two initial OFDM symbols, where the second initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located;
    当所述DCI的CRC为C-RNTI加掩且所述DCI中的时域资源分配域指示PDSCH映射方式为PDSCH映射方式A时，所述起始时域位置为调度PDSCH的第三起始OFDM符号，所述第三起始OFDM符号为所述第二候选PDCCH所在时隙的起始OFDM符号。When the CRC of the DCI is C-RNTI masking and the time domain resource allocation field in the DCI indicates that the PDSCH mapping mode is PDSCH mapping mode A, the starting time domain position is the third starting OFDM for scheduling PDSCH symbol, the third initial OFDM symbol is the initial OFDM symbol of the time slot where the second candidate PDCCH is located.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一候选PDCCH对应的时域位置在第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号中至少一个OFDM符号，所述第三候选PDCCH对应的时域位置为所述第一时隙的前三个OFDM符号之外的OFDM符号。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the time domain position corresponding to the first candidate PDCCH is at least one OFDM symbol in the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot, and the first The time domain positions corresponding to the three candidate PDCCHs are OFDM symbols other than the first three OFDM symbols in the first time slot.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二条件为协议预定义的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the second condition is predefined by a protocol.
  11. 一种通信的装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求1至5中任意一项所述的方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for performing the method according to any one of claims 1-5.
  12. 一种通信的装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求6至10中任意一项所述的方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for performing the method according to any one of claims 6-10.
  13. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序运行时，使得装置执行如权利要求1至5中任意一项所述的方法，或者，使得装置执行如权利要求6至10中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run, the device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5 , or, causing the device to execute the method according to any one of claims 6-10.
  14. 一种芯片***，其特征在于，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片***的通信装置执行如权利要求1至5中任意一项所述的方法；或者，使得安装有所述芯片***的通信装置执行如权利要求6至10中任意一项所述的方法。A system on a chip, characterized in that it includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device equipped with the system on a chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5 or, causing the communication device installed with the system-on-a-chip to execute the method according to any one of claims 6-10.
  15. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置执行权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法，或者，使得所述通信装置执行权利要求6至10中任一项所述的方法。A processor, configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or makes the communication device execute the method according to any one of claims 6 to 10 any one of the methods described.
  16. 一种通信***，其特征在于，所述通信***包括至少一个如权利要求11所述的通信的装置和至少一个如权利要求12所述的通信的装置。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system comprises at least one communication device as claimed in claim 11 and at least one communication device as claimed in claim 12 .
PCT/CN2022/119852 2021-09-30 2022-09-20 Communication method and apparatus WO2023051313A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111166325.3 2021-09-30
CN202111166325.3A CN115941144A (en) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023051313A1 true WO2023051313A1 (en) 2023-04-06

Family

ID=85781286

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/119852 WO2023051313A1 (en) 2021-09-30 2022-09-20 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115941144A (en)
WO (1) WO2023051313A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110324127A (en) * 2018-03-30 2019-10-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 PDCCH monitors candidate distribution method and network side equipment
CN110740025A (en) * 2018-07-20 2020-01-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 channel detection indication method, terminal and network equipment
WO2020087326A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and device for pdcch monitoring

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110324127A (en) * 2018-03-30 2019-10-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 PDCCH monitors candidate distribution method and network side equipment
CN110740025A (en) * 2018-07-20 2020-01-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 channel detection indication method, terminal and network equipment
WO2020087326A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and device for pdcch monitoring

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
VIVO: "PDCCH enhancements for URLLC", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #96BIS, R1-1904081, 3 April 2019 (2019-04-03), XP051707104 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115941144A (en) 2023-04-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020143752A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication device
JP7032576B2 (en) Feedback information transmission method and communication device
CN111869152B (en) Beam indication method, device and system
EP3737056A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
US11553430B2 (en) System and method for control channel reception in power save mode
AU2017263585A1 (en) User terminal and radio communication method
CN110932820B (en) Method for transmitting and receiving uplink control information and communication device
WO2019142341A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
AU2018423026B2 (en) User terminal and radio communication method
JPWO2018158924A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
JPWO2018052060A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113490278B (en) Method and device for transmitting downlink signal
WO2020211096A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
US20230145663A1 (en) System and Method for Control Channel Reception in Power Save Mode
WO2019214660A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
US20240008024A1 (en) Method and device for repeatedly transmitting downlink control information when performing network cooperative communication
CN111937452A (en) Communication method, communication device and system
JP7117387B2 (en) Contention window determination method and device
AU2018403639B2 (en) User terminal and radio communication method
US20220330299A1 (en) Method and apparatus for repetitive transmission of downlink control information in network cooperative communications
WO2019192500A1 (en) Communication method and communication set
US11647484B2 (en) User terminal and radio communication method
WO2021017848A1 (en) Method and apparatus for link failure recovery
WO2023051313A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN112534769B (en) Power control for shortened transmission time intervals

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22874700

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE